Iv Eia & Emp Report

C H A P T E R 6 | SITE APPRECIATION

Consultancy Services for carrying out Feasibility Study, Preparation of Detailed Project Report and providing pre-construction service in respect of 2 Laning of Razai/ Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Road on NH 202 on Engineering Procurement and Construction mode in the state of Manipur

DETAILED PROJECT REPORT VOLUME – IV EIA & EMP REPORT

Client: Consultant: S.M. CONSULTANTS Plot No. 130, S.M. Tower, Mancheswar, Industrial Estate Rasulgarh, Bhubaneswar, 751010, ODISHA : (0674)2580682-85, Fax-2580686

Environmental Consultant: 126 | Page

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS ...... ii LIST OF TABLES ...... viii LIST OF FIGURES ...... x EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ...... 1 0.1 PROJECT BACKGROUND: ...... 1 0.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT: ...... 1 0.3 PROJECT ROAD ...... 1 0.4 PROJECT INFLUENCE AREA ...... 2 0.5 PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS: ...... 2 0.6 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (EIA) STUDY IN THE PROJECT: ...... 3 0.7 POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK: ...... 3 0.8 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL PROFILE: ...... 4 0.8.1 PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT: ...... 4 0.8.2 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT: ...... 6 0.8.3 SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT: ...... 7 0.9 PUBLIC INTERACTIONS, CONSULTATION, AND PUBLIC HEARING: ...... 8 0.9 POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS: ...... 8 0.9.1 Impact on Climate: ...... 8 0.9.2 Impact on Air Quality ...... 8 0.9.3 Impact on Noise levels: ...... 8 0.9.4 Impact on water resources and quality: ...... 9 0.9.5 Impact on Ecological resources: ...... 9 0.9.6 Impact on land: ...... 9 0.9.7 Impact on Human Use Values: ...... 9 0.10 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES: ...... 9 0.11 MITIGATION AVOIDANCE AND ENHANCEMENT MEASURES: ...... 10 0.12 ENVIRONEMNTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN: ...... 11 0.13 CONCLUSIONS: ...... 11 INTRODUCTION ...... 12 1.1 Background ...... 12 1.2 Need for the Project ...... 12 1.3 Project Description ...... 13 1.3 Project Influence area: ...... 13 1.4 Objectives Of Environmental Impact Assessment Study ...... 14

1.6 Need For Environment Impact Assessment ...... 15 1.7. Proposed Improvements: ...... 15 1.8 Approach to EIA: ...... 16 1.8.1 Preliminary Environmental Screening ...... 16 1.8.2 Review of Applicable Environmental Regulations: ...... 17 1.8.3 Assessment of Baseline Environmental profile: ...... 17 1.8.3 Consultations: ...... 18 1.8.4 Assessment of Impacts: ...... 18 1.8.4.1 Positive Impacts ...... 18 1.8.4.2 Negative Impacts ...... 19 1.8.5 Assessment of Alternatives: ...... 19 1.8.6 EMP: ...... 19 1.8 Structure Of The Report ...... 19 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ...... 22 2.1 Location and Features of the Subproject Road ...... 22 2.1.1 SETTLEMENTS ALONG HIGHWAY ...... 22 2.1.2 LANDUSE PATTERN ...... 22 2.1.3 JUNCTIONS ALONG HIGHWAY ...... 25 2.1.4 EXISTING STRUCTURES ...... 25 2.1.5 EXISTING CARRIAGEWAY AND PAVEMENT ...... 25 2.1.6 ALIGNMENT ...... 26 2.1.7 OTHER EXISTING STRUCTURES ...... 26 2.1.8 RIGHT OF WAY ...... 27 2.2 Project Interventions ...... 27 2.2.1 Proposed Design Modifications ...... 27 2.2.2 Alignment Design ...... 35 2.2.3 Pavement Options ...... 36 2.2.4 Improvement of Structures ...... 37 2.2.5 Improvement and Upgradation of Road Intersections ...... 38 2.2.6 Longitudinal Drains ...... 38 2.2.7 Traffic Safety Measures ...... 38 2.2.8 User Facilities ...... 40 2.2.9 Road Furniture and Other Features ...... 40 2.3 Cost Estimates: ...... 41 POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK ...... 44 3.1 Introduction: ...... 44 3.2 Institutional Setting: ...... 44

iii

3.3 The Legal Framework: ...... 45 3.3.1 State level Environmental Legislation: ...... 47 3.3.2 Other Legislations Applicable to Road Construction Projects ...... 47 3.4 Salient Features Of Important Laws/Regulations For Natural Environment... 48 3.3.1 Forest (Conservation) Act ...... 48 3.3.2 Wild Life (Protection) Act ...... 53 3.3.3 The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 ...... 53 3.3.4 The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 ...... 54 3.3.5 The Noise Pollution Regulation and Control Act ...... 54 3.3.6 The Mining Act ...... 54 3.3.7 Ramsar Convention on Wetlands, 1971 ...... 54 3.3.8 The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 ...... 54 3.4 Clearance requirements for the project: ...... 59 3.5 Summary ...... 60 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION ...... 62 4.1 PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT ...... 62 4.1.1 Meteorology ...... 62 4.1.2 Natural Hazards ...... 65 4.1.3 Topography ...... 67 4.1.4 Drainage Pattern ...... 70 4.1.5 Geology ...... 71 4.1.6 Soil ...... 73 Grain size analysis ...... 78 4.1.7 Land-Use Pattern ...... 80 4.1.8 Ambient Air Quality ...... 80 4.1.9 Noise Levels ...... 86 4.1.10 Ground Water ...... 90 4.1.11 Surface Water...... 91 4.1.12 Water Resources and Hydrology ...... 93 4.1.13 Water Quality ...... 93 4.2 ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT ...... 97 4.2.1 Terrestrial Ecology ...... 97 4.2.2 Trees/Vegetation within corridor of impact ...... 98 4.2.3 Wildlife ...... 99 PUBLIC INTERACTIONS ...... 102 5.1 General ...... 102 5.2 Stakeholders in the Project ...... 102

5.3 Public Consultation in the Project ...... 102 5.4 Objectives ...... 103 5.5 Consultation sessions ...... 103 5.6 Consultation during Design: ...... 104 5.7 Identification of issues: ...... 104 5.8 Addressals of general issues and concerns: ...... 105 POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS ...... 109 6.1 INTRODUCTION...... 109 6.2 IMPACTS OF LOCATION ...... 109 6.4 IMPACTS DURING PROJECT DESIGN ...... 113 6.5 Physical Environment: ...... 114 6.5.1 Preconstruction Phase ...... 114 6.5.2 Construction Phase ...... 116 6.5.3 Operation Phase ...... 125 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES AND MITIGATION MEASURES ...... 129 7.1 General ...... 129 7.2 Without Project Scenario: ...... 129 7.3 Justification for selection: ...... 129 7.4 DESIGN STAGE – ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES ...... 130 7.4.1 Highway Design Alignment ...... 130 7.5 DESIGN STAGE – ALIGNMENT MODIFICATIONS: ...... 130 7.5.1 Rural sections: ...... 130 7.5.2 Urban sections: ...... 130 7.5.4 At Grade Intersections at the junctions: ...... 131 7.5.5 Bus bay: ...... 131 7.6 Environmental Consideration: ...... 131 7.7 PRE -CONSTRUCTION AND CONSTRUCTION STAGE...... 131 7.7.1 Conservation of top soil ...... 132 7.7.2 Stabilization of high embankment slopes ...... 133 7.7.3 Mitigation of cut and Fill Operations ...... 134 7.7.4 Mitigation of Visual Scars ...... 134 7.7.5 Prevention of Oil Contamination ...... 135 7.7.6 Prevention of Water Pollution ...... 135 7.7.7 Minimization of Air Pollution ...... 137 7.7.8 Minimization of Noise Pollution ...... 138 7.7.9 Construction Waste Disposal ...... 138 7.7.10 Precautionary Measures in Forest Stretches ...... 141

7.7.11 Safety Measures ...... 141 7.8 OPERATION STAGE ...... 141 7.8.1 Drainage Provisions ...... 142 7.8.2 Minimization of Air Pollution ...... 142 7.8.3 Replacement for Removed Trees ...... 143 7.8.4 Road user safety measures ...... 143 7.8.5 Accidents involving hazardous materials ...... 143 ENVIRONMENTAL ENHANCEMENT MEASURES ...... 145 8.1 INTRODUCTION ...... 145 8.2 Mitigation measures proposed ...... 145 8.2.1 Change in seismology: ...... 147 8.2.2 Erosion: ...... 147 8.2.3 Contamination of soil: ...... 147 8.2.4 Quarries: ...... 149 8.2.5 Soil Quality Monitoring- Mitigation: ...... 149 8.2.6 Air Quality- Mitigation ...... 150 8.2.7 Water Quality- Mitigation ...... 152 8.2.8 Noise Quality- Mitigation ...... 156 8.2.9 Biological environment- Mitigation: ...... 159 8.2.10 Social environment- Mitigation: ...... 162 8.3 Implementation arrangement: ...... 166 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ...... 170 9.1 INTRODUCTION ...... 170 9.1.1 Specific Activities by NHIDCL ...... 170 9.1.2 Specific Activities by Contractor ...... 170 9.2 Environmental Management Plan: ...... 171 9.2.1 Pre-Construction Stage ...... 171 9.2.2 Pre-construction activities by CLIENT ...... 172 9.2.3 Pre-construction activities ...... 173 9.2.4 Construction Stage ...... 173 9.2.5 Operation Stage ...... 174 9.2.6 Other Activities ...... 174 9.3 SITE SPECIFIC MANAGEMENT PLAN ...... 174 9.3.1 Mitigation Plan ...... 174 9.3.2 Guidelines for Tree Felling ...... 182 9.3.2 MONITORING PLAN ...... 183 9.4 IMPLEMENTATION OF EMP ...... 185

9.4 Institutional Requirements ...... 216 9.4.1 Executing Agencies (EAs) Responsibilities ...... 217 9.4.2 Implementing Agencies (IAs) Responsibilities ...... 218 9.4.3 ADB’s Responsibilities ...... 220 9.5 Environmental Management Budget ...... 221 9.6 Grievance Redress Mechanism ...... 231 BORROW AREA STUDY ...... 235 10.1 MINING OF SOIL / EARTH FROM BORROW AREAS FOR THE PROJECT ...... 235 10.1.1 Quantities Required...... 235 10.1.2 Proposed Borrow Areas ...... 235 10.2 MINING METHODOLOGY / TECHNIQUES PROPOSED ...... 235 10.2.1 Approved Mining Plan ...... 235 10.2.2 Mining Process ...... 235 10.2.3 General Procedure for Excavating Borrow Area ...... 235 ANIMAL PASSAGE PLAN ...... 239 11.1 BACKGROUND ...... 239 MUCK DISPOSAL PLAN ...... 241 12.1 GENERAL ...... 241 12.2 QUANTITY OF MUCK GENERATED AND ITS CONSUMPTIVE USE ...... 241 12.3 SELECTION OF MUCK DISPOSAL SITE ...... 242 12.4 IMPLEMENTATION OF ENGINEERING MEASURES AT MUCK DISPOSAL SITE ...... 244 12.5 IMPLEMENTATION OF BIOLOGICAL MEASURES AT MUCK DISPOSAL SITE ...... 244 12.5.1 PLANTATION TECHNIQUE ...... 244 12.5.2 SPECIES FOR PLANTATION ...... 245 12.6 FINANCIAL OUTLAY ...... 246 12.7 MONITORING & COMPLIANCES ...... 248 12.8 FINANCIAL REQUIREMENT ...... 249 12.9 RECOMMENDATIONS ...... 249 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ...... 251 13.1 Consultant’s Details ...... 251 13.2 Laboratory ...... 252 13.3 Project Team ...... 252

vii

LIST OF TABLES

Table 1: Summary of AAQM Results (Average Values) ...... 5 TABLE 2: AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL IN DECIBEL (A) ALONG THE PROJECT ROAD ...... 6 Table 3: INFORMATION SOURCE ...... 17 Table 4: DETAILS OF VILLAGES & TOWNS ALONG THE PROJECT ROAD ...... 22 Table 5: LANDUSE PATTERN IN UKHRUL DISTRICT ...... 22 Table 6: DETAILS OF TERRAIN & LAND USE PATTERN FOR ROAD 1 .... 22 Table 7: LIST OF JUNCTIONS ...... 25 Table 8: SUMMARY OF EXISTING STRUCTURES ...... 25 Table 9: LIST OF OTHER IMPROTANT STRUCTURES ALONG THE CORRIDOR ...... 26 Table 10: PROPOSED ROW FOR THE PROJECT STRETCH ...... 27 Table 11: CARRIAGEWAY DEVELOPMENT SCHEME ...... 28 Table 12: DETAILS OF SHARP CURVES ...... 35 Table 13: CODE FOR PAVEMENT DESIGN ...... 36 Table 14: CRUST DETAILS ...... 37 Table 15: ABSTRACT OF IMPROVEMENT DETAILS ON STRUCTURES IN PROJECT ROAD ...... 37 Table 16: INTERSECTIONS PROPOSED FOR IMPROVEMENT ...... 38 Table 17: Chainages of W-Beam Crash Barrier Provision ...... 38 Table 18: Chainages of Retaining Wall Provision ...... 39 Table 19: Chainages of Breast Wall Provision ...... 39 Table 20: Chainages of Reinforced Earth Wall Provision ...... 40 Table 21: LOCATION OF PROPOSED BUS SIDINGS ...... 40 Table 22: LOCATION OF PROPOSED TOILETS ...... 40 Table 23: GENERAL ABSTRACT ...... 41 Table 24: LEGAL FRAMEWORK APPLICABILITY ...... 45 Table 25: Key Steps in Forest Clearance Process ...... 50 Table 26: Key Step in Tree Cutting Permission Process ...... 52 Table 27: Clearance Requirements ...... 59 Table 28: VULNERABLE LANDSLIDE ZONE ...... 69 Table 29: SOIL DISTRIBUTION IN MANIPUR ...... 76 Table 30: Soil Quality along Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Project Road Section ...... 79 Table 31: Locations of Air Quality Monitoring Stations ...... 83 Table 32: Techniques Used for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring ...... 85 Table 33: Summary of AAQM Results (Average Values) ...... 85 Table 34: LIST OF SCHOOLS ALONG THE COARRIDOR ...... 86 Table 35: LOCATION OF NOISE LEVEL COLLECTION ...... 88 TABLE 36: AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL IN DECIBEL (A) ALONG THE PROJECT ROAD ...... 90 Table 37: Water Bodies along the Project Road ...... 92 Table 38: PROTECTED AREA NETWORK IN MANIPUR ...... 99 Table 39: PUBLIC CONSULTATION GROUPS ...... 103 Table 40: PUBLIC CONSULTATION REPORT ...... 104 Table 41: PUBLIC CONSULTATION ADDRESSAL ...... 105

viii

Table 42: IMPACT OF ENVIRONMENT DURING THE DEVELOPMENT PROCESS ...... 110 Table 43: IMPACT ON AIR QUALITY DURING CONSTRUCTION STAGE ...... 120 Table 44: Construction Noise / Distance Relationship ...... 121 Table 45: Typical noise levels of principal construction equipment ...... 122 Table 46: CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR THE PROJECT ROAD ...... 124 Table 47: LOCATION OF PROPOSED BUS SIDINGS ...... 131 TABLE 48: MINIMISING THE EXTENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS ...... 131 Table 49: MEASURES TO MINIMISE AIR POLLUTION DURING THE PROGRESS OF WORK ...... 137 Table 50: TYPE OF WASTES AND SCOPE FOR REUSE ...... 139 Table 51: MITIGATION MEASURES ...... 145 Table 52: SOIL CONSERVATION MITIGATION MEASURES ...... 147 Table 53: AIR QUALITY CONTROL MITIGATION MEASURES ...... 150 Table 54: Water Quality CONTROL MITIGATION MEASURES ...... 152 Table 55: AIR QUALITY CONTROL MITIGATION MEASURES ...... 158 Table 56: MITIGATION MEASURES FOR FLORA ...... 159 Table 57: ACTION PLAN FOR PRE-CONSTRUCTION PERIOD ...... 171 TABLE 58: POSSIBLE LOCATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION PLANT ...... 177 Table 59: Possible Locations for Labour Camp ...... 178 Table 60: Environmental Management Cost Estimate ...... 222 Table 61: Earth Quantities required and to be Utilised ...... 235 Table 62: GENERATED MUCK (Package 4) ...... 241 Table 63: USEABLE MUCK (Package 4) ...... 241 Table 64: AREA OF DISPOSAL ...... 243 Table 65: Suggested Species for Plantation ...... 246 Table 66: Financial Outlay (Package 4) ...... 246 Table 67: Total financial outlay for the biological measures at dumping sites(Package 4) ...... 247 Table 68: Financial requirements for implementation of Muck Disposal Plan (Package 4) ...... 249 Table 69: TEAM MEMBERS FOR EIA EVALUATION ...... 252

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 1: District Map of Manipur...... 2 Figure 2: MAXIMUM TEMPERATURES OF UKHRUL ...... 4 Figure 3: LOCATION OF PROJECT CORRIDOR ...... 13 FIGURE 4: DISTRICT MAP OF MANIPUR ...... 14 Figure 5: ROAD CONDITION ...... 25 Figure 6: TYPICAL CROSS SECTION 1 ...... 29 Figure 7: TYPICAL CROSS-SECTION 2 ...... 29 Figure 8: TYPICAL CROSS-SECTION 2A ...... 30 Figure 9: Typical Cross-section 2B ...... 30 Figure 10: Typical Cross-section 3 ...... 31 Figure 11: Typical Cross-section 3A ...... 31 Figure 12: Typical Cross-section 3B ...... 32 Figure 13: Typical Cross-section 4 ...... 32 Figure 14: Typical Cross-section 5 ...... 33 Figure 15: Typical Cross-section 6 ...... 33 Figure 16: Typical Cross-section 7 ...... 34 Figure 17: Typical Cross-section 7A ...... 34 Figure 18: Typical Cross-section 8 ...... 35 FIGURE 19: AVERAGE TEMPERATURE AND PRECIPITATION GRAPH 62 Figure 20: CLOUDY, SUNNY, AND PRECIPITATION DAYS ...... 63 Figure 21: MAXIMUM TEMPERATURES ...... 63 Figure 22: RAINFALL DATA ...... 64 Figure 23: WIND SPEED ...... 64 Figure 24: WINDROSE DIAGRAM ...... 65 Figure 25: SEISMIC ZONE MAP OF INDIA ...... 67 Figure 26: Ukhrul Climate Graph ...... 69 Figure 27: Ukhrul Temperature Graph ...... 69 Figure 28: GOOGLE EARTH IMAGE SHOWING TERRAIN AND LAND USE ALONG THE PROJECT ROAD ...... 70 Figure 29: GEOLOGICAL MAP OF MANIPUR ...... 72 Figure 30: Locations of Soil Parameter Testing ...... 80 Figure 31: PICTURES OF AIR QUALITY TEST ...... 81 Figure 32: Locations of Air Quality Testing ...... 84 Figure 33: PICTURES OF NOISE QUALITY TEST ...... 86 Figure 34: Locations of Noise Testing ...... 89 Figure 35: Water Sample Collection along Project Road ...... 96 Figure 36: FOREST MAP OF MANIPUR ...... 98 FIGURE 37: APPROVED QUARRY SITES FOR PROJECT ROADS ...... 113 Figure 38: STONE PITCHING ...... 134 Figure 39: DEPTH SPECIFICATION FOR BORROW PIT ALONG THE ROAD ...... 134 Figure 40: WIRE FENCING NEAR WATER BODIES ...... 136 Figure 41: LOCATION OF CAMP SITE 4 ...... 177 Figure 42: Escape Routes during the Felling ...... 183 Figure 43: GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM ...... 233

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

0.1 PROJECT BACKGROUND: NHIDCL has been entrusted by GoI to implement the 2 lane development of Yainagangpokpi-Nagaland Border road stretch on NH 202 under BOT/ EPC mode. In this backdrop preparation of detailed project report and finalization of construction agency needs to be taken up prior to that. In this connection, NHIDCL has been entrusted with the assignment of preparation of detailed project report for construction of road from Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border. NHIDCL has appointed M/s S.M. Consultants having its head office in Bhubaneswar as consultant for preparation of detailed project report for the proposed road. Environmental Impact Assessment report is prepared in order to assess potential environmental impacts and to suggest the mitigation measures during construction and operation phase of proposed road. 0.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT: Road has a special importance as vital infrastructure for economic development of the state. High priority is given in the plans and programme for construction of roads to develop the economy. Highways and roads are regarded as arteries and veins of a state which are essential for its growth. The inter-district road density in 2002 for Ukhrul was 24.47 km per 100 square km, which is much lower than the state average of 51.2 km per 100 square km. Altogether 32 percent villages in the district are connected by all-weather roads. Pathetic road condition in the hill districts of the state has always been detrimental for their development. It also determines the interaction among the people. In most of the villages inter village roads are not surfaced. Ukhrul being the district headquarter, needs to be well connected with its towns and villages as well as other districts. Moreover, the Shirui Peak which comes along the project road has many tourist attraction views. The improvement in the communication will improve the tourist flow and enhance the economy of the villages along the project road. The road is a main link to the capital city and also flourishes the inter-state communication with Nagaland. 0.3 PROJECT ROAD The project road is situated in Imphal East, Kamjong, and Ukhrul District of Manipur. It is about 139 km in length, starting from Gwaltabi, Yainagangpokpi in Imphal East District and ends at the Nagaland Border in Ukhrul District. This road alignment passes through Shangshak, Litan, Hungpung, Langdang, Lunghar, Razai, Kharasom and Jessami.

1 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

The project corridor traverses mostly through plain terrain upto 1.3 km and rest of the stretch is in hilly terrain. The land use is predominantly agricultural and forest land with intermittent built up areas.

0.4 PROJECT INFLUENCE AREA The project districts are Imphal East, Kamjong and Ukhrul in the state of Manipur. The district of Imphal East is bounded by Thoubal on the south, Imphal West on west, Kangpokpi on the north and Thoubal in the east. Imphal west is bound by Senapati on the western and northern side, Imphal east and Thoubal in the eastern side. Kamjong District is bounded by Ukhrul on North, kangpokpi on east, Tengoupal on south and Myanmar on east. Similarly, Ukhrul is bounded by Myanmar on East and north-east side, Senapati district on North west and west side, Kangpokpi on south west side and Kamjong on south and south-east side.

Figure 1: District Map of Manipur The existing Row varies from 8 m to 12 m as per site inventory. The proposed ROW is 24 m in open area and 20 m in built up area. The project influence area is 500 m on both side of the project corridor. 0.5 PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS: The improvements proposed for the road are:  2 lane carriageway with paved shoulders development  Improvement of geometric deficiencies through curve improvements and improvement of major intersections

2 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

 Improvement includes repair/ rehabilitation of existing cross-drainage (CD) structures on the highway and provision of new CD structures at appropriate locations  Minimise the adverse impacts to the settlements along the road  Concentric widening except at the curves  19 bus shelters, 19 toilets etc. are provided along the road.  Drain cum footpath have been provided at the built up areas 0.6 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (EIA) STUDY IN THE PROJECT: The study and assessment of the project road has been conducted based on the guidelines laid down by Ministry of Environment and forests, Government of India. The study methodology for the EIA employs a simplistic approach in which the important environmental receptors were identified during the Environmental Screening phase. Based on the identification baseline data was generated and then analysed to predict the impacts and quantify them. Avoidance, Mitigation and Enhancements measures were then developed and these have been incorporated in the Environmental Management Plan (EMP), design drawings and / or Bills of Quantities as appropriate. Implementation arrangements including responsibilities of all the actors have been streamlined and documented for future guidance. 0.7 POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK: The project has been initiated and is being carried out by NHIDCL. The prime responsibility of the client is to provide encumbrance free ROW to the Contractor who shall implement the project. Any delay in handing over of site shall delay the project. The clearances which are part of the project preparations include the following:  Tree felling permission from the respective Divisional Forest Officer  Wild life clearance as the project lies in the 43.129 km-79.552 km Apart from the clearances that the project requires to be obtained by the project proponent, the contractor shall also obtain the required clearances NOCs and licenses from the various agencies and authorities prior to work initiation. These are:  NOC and Consents under Air, Water, EP Acts & Noise rules of SPCB for establishing and operating plants from SPCB. The NOC shall be made available after the SPCB completes the process of conducting Public Hearing of the project (which shall be carried out as per the Prior Environmental Clearance process)  NOC under Hazardous Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 1989 from SPCB  PUC certificate for use of vehicles for construction from Department of Transport  Quarry lease deeds and license and Explosive license from Dept. of Geology and Mines & Chief controller of explosives

3 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

 NOC for water extraction for construction and allied works from Ground Water Authority  Apart from the above clearances, the Contractor also has to comply with the following:  Clearance of Engineer for location and layout of Worker’s Camp, Equipment yard and Storage yard.  Clearance of Engineer for Traffic Management Plan for each section of the route after it has been handed over for construction.  An Emergency Action Plan should be prepared by the contractor and approved by the Engineer for accidents responding to involving fuel & lubricants before the construction starts.  Submit a Quarry Management Plan to the Engineer along with the Quarry lease deeds 0.8 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL PROFILE: 0.8.1 PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT: Climate: The climate in Ukhrul is warm and temperate. In winter, there is much less rainfall in Ukhrul than in summer. This location is classified as Cwb by Köppen and Geiger. The average temperature in Ukhrul is 15.5 °C. Precipitation here averages 1616 mm. Temperature: July is the warmest month of the year in Ukhrul. The temperature in July averages 19.4 °C. January has the lowest average temperature of the year. It is 9.3 °C

Figure 2: MAXIMUM TEMPERATURES OF UKHRUL Rainfall The driest month in Ukhrul is December, with 13 mm of rain. With an average of 360 mm, the most precipitation falls in June.

4 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Geology Tectonically, the whole of Manipur forms a part of the great geosynclines that apparently had original basin topography of ridges and furrows. The project stretch is situated in a valley region surrounded by hills from all side. In the Imphal valley, lenses of the argillaceous sediments were deposited in the Assam- Arakan trough (furrow). The soil of Manipur are broadly classified as ferruginous red- soil, mountain and hill, ferruginous red-soil is poor in lime, potash and iron oxide and is also uniformly low in phosphorus contents. This type of soil is suitable for cultivation of paddy and a large variety of crop can be grown with irrigation. Manipur soil has been divided into six categories viz, alluvial soil peaty soil, late rite soil, red soil, ferruginous red soil and ferruginous gravelly soil. Seismicity Manipur is situated in seismic zone V, which is ‘very high risk zone’ in the country (Seismic Zones -India 2007). It keeps on experiencing minor tremors off and on. The seismologists, on the basis of past pattern have predicted that a major earthquake is almost overdue in the north east region of India. Air quality Table 1: Summary of AAQM Results (Average Values) Parameter and Values (μg/m3) Location SPM PM-10 PM-2.5 SO2 NOX CO Standard for 100 100 60 80 80 4000 Sensitive Standard for 200 100 60 80 80 4000 Residential AQ5 86.2 54.0 15.6 11.5 BDL BDL It can be seen from the Table that out of five locations of air monitoring the SPM concentration at every monitoring point is well within the standard for residential area prescribed by MoEF. Noise quality It is found that the recorded noise level is marginally higher than the permissible limits for residential area prescribed by CPCB and also by World Bank EHS standards of 55 dB(A) and 45 dB(A) for day time and night time respectively. Night time noise level readings were taken upto 11 pm only as after 11 pm no traffic movements were observed. This noise is mainly from vehicular traffic and local domestic/commercial activities.

5 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

TABLE 2: AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL IN DECIBEL (A) ALONG THE PROJECT ROAD Sl Loc Date of Observed Value No atio Sampling Leq (dB) at day time Leq (dB) at night time From n (From 6 AM – 10 PM) (10PM – 6 AM) 5 NL- 26.01.2018- 50.6 30.2 5 27.01.2018

Permissible limit as per

CPCB Standard

Comme rcial Area Industri Areaal Silence Zone Residen tial Area Comme rcial Area Industri Areaal Silence Zone

Residential Residential Area 55(Max) 65(Max) 75(Max) 50(Max) 45(Max) 55(Max) 70(Max) 40 (Max) Water hydrology and drainage: The project road passes through hilly terrain and passes on over mountain ranges. The performance of hill road drainage systems physically relies upon the locations of cross drainage structures, size of vents and type of bed material and slope due to terrain condition. In order to facilitate proper cross drainage, 824 number of CD structures have been provided along the road. The water quality of the surface water samples are within the standards. 0.8.2 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT: National park and wildlife sanctuary: NO wildlife stretch. Trees within ROW: No endangered flora has been reported along the roadside. The ROW of 20 m in builtup area and 24 m in open The trees that are to be felled have been marked and jointly verified with forest department and a total of 26369 trees of various species have been identified for felling. Some commonly found trees in the district are :- Pine (Uchan), 2. Albizzia spp. (Khok), Castanopsis spp. (Sahi), Mesua Ferrea (Uthau), Mangifera indica (Heinou), Phoeba Hainesiana(Uningthou), Albizza Lebbek (Uyil), Teak, Oak, Bamboo. There are no endangered trees that are to be felled. Fauna: Domesticated animals form the faunal population within the project area. As per discussions with forest department, there is presence of wild animals and endangered species within the national park which comes under the project influence area. A variety of fauna is found in the district. Leopard and tigers are rarely seen. There are two kinds of black bear. Bishon or mithun is found mostly at eastern Ukhrul. Crested porcupine and pangolin are rarely found. Other animals found are jungle cat, wild pig, otter, field mouse, stag, etc. Monkeys of toque and baboon species are also seen.

6 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

0.8.3 SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT: Census Profile: The project highway passes through the districts of Ukhrul in Manipur. As per 2011 census, Manipur has a total population of 2,855,794 lakhs and the total male and female population in the state is 1,438,586 and 1,417,208 respectively. The population density per sq km is 115. The literacy rate of the state is 1,768,181 (85.4%) while the sex ratio is 0.98. The population density, sex ratio and literacy rate of the project districts are less than the state level. Linguistic Distribution: Meitei (Manipuri) and English are the official language of the state and Loi, Yaithibi, Kuki and Naga people residing in the state speak a variety of Sino-Tibetan languages. There are 29 dialects spoken in Manipur. Settlement: A total of 5300 approx. minor and major settlements varying in size and populations are present along the project corridor. Educational Institutes: There are very few number of educational institutes along the existing project corridor. These sensitive receptors are exposed to dust and noise from the road. For the educational institutions located on the edge of the road it is a serious concern from the point of safety and Signage and Safety measures are required. Signage and Safety measures need to be built in the proposed road design at these locations. Cultural properties: The project highway traverses through some of settlements and there are some religious and cultural properties like Church, Crematory Grounds which though not of archaeological significance are nevertheless, significant to the community. Places of Historical Importance/ Cultural and Archaeological Heritage: The project area has no place or monument which has historical importance & Archaeological heritage. Highway Amenities: There are very few amenities and utility services located along the highway like small shpos, bus shelters etc. the location of these amenities along the highway is an issue of concern as the haphazard siting of these amenities is contributing to congestion of the highway. At present there are no parking lay-byes for commercial vehicles. Amenities like bus shelters, toilets etc. are proposed along the road. The details of locations have been provided in the chapters. Land use/ Acquisition of the proposed corridor: A total of 90.164 ha of land including private and government will be acquired for the widening of the single lane road to two lane configuration including the muck disposal area.

7 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

0.9 PUBLIC INTERACTIONS, CONSULTATION, AND PUBLIC HEARING: Public interactions and consultations were taken up at various stages of project preparation for proper understanding of the project scenario and condition of the road. The main purpose of these consultations was to know the community’s reaction to the perceived impact of proposed project on the people at individual and settlement level. The issues of the most concern were related to rehabilitation and resettlements and have been dealt in detail in SIA. It was also felt during the public consultation process that most of the people are aware about the project but they did not appreciate environmental problems associated with road projects. However the people raised the following alarms:  Noise during construction  Dust/ air pollution during construction  Improvement to sections that get submerged during monsoons  Safety hazards during widening of the road  Blockage of roads during construction Therefore EMP has been prepared keeping in mind the concerns of the public and necessary planning has been made to keep the pollution under check. 0.9 POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS: The environmental parameters are mainly impacted during the construction and operation stages of the project. Therefore, mitigation measures for the affected parameters have been incorporated in the design. These are conscious efforts from the project to reduce undesirable environmental impacts of the proposed activities and offset these to the degree practicable. Enhancement measures are project’s efforts to gain acceptability in its area of influence. They reflect the pro-active approach of the project towards environmental management. 0.9.1 Impact on Climate: Impact on the climate conditions from the proposed road project widening will not be significant as no major deforestation and / or removal of vegetation is involved for the project. 0.9.2 Impact on Air Quality There will be rise in PM10 & PM2.5 levels during the construction activities, which shall again be within prescribed limit after the construction activities are over. 0.9.3 Impact on Noise levels: The impact of noise levels from the proposed project on the neighboring communities is addressed. It has been concluded that both day and night times equivalent noise levels are within the permissible limits right from start of project life. Noise sensitive receptors have been identified along the project road.

8 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

0.9.4 Impact on water resources and quality: The construction and operation of the proposed project roads will not have any major impacts on the surface water and the ground water quality in the area. Contamination to water bodies may result due to spilling of construction materials, oil, grease, fuel and paint in the equipment yards and asphalt plants. This will be more prominent in case of locations where the project road crosses rivers, canals distributaries, etc. Mitigation measures have been planned to avoid contamination of these water bodies. 0.9.5 Impact on Ecological resources: There is no major loss of vegetation hence adverse impact in terms of availability of nesting sites for the bird doesn’t arise. Furthermore, the road lies within the 10 km radius of national park and hence will be significant during the construction period. But on the future the project will have positive impact due to compensatory afforestation and avenue plantation along the road. 0.9.6 Impact on land: During the construction of the proposed project, the topography will change due to excavation of borrow areas, stone quarrying, cuts and fills for project road and construction of project related structures etc. Provision of construction yard for material handling will also alter the existing topography. The change in topography will also be due to the probable induced developments of the project. Benefits in the form of land levelling and tree plantations in the vicinity of the project road shall enhance the local aesthetics. 0.9.7 Impact on Human Use Values: The PAPs shall be compensated as per the RAP. Accidents are bound to increase coupled with ribbon development. There shall also be some impacts on cultural or religious properties along the corridor. 0.10 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES: Alternate alignments were checked at site taking into account both with and without project scenario. It was supported with justifications for selecting the best alignment with least affecting the eco sensitive zone. The analysis also dealt with the justification of selections of the proposed alignment and the modifications on it due to environmental considerations, realignment and bypasses and the minimization of negative impacts. Based on all these alternative studies the present alignment was proposed.

9 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Jessami (139/000 km)

Yaingangpokpi (0/000 km)

0.11 MITIGATION AVOIDANCE AND ENHANCEMENT MEASURES: After study of the negative impacts of the construction and operation stages of project road, site specific mitigation and enhancement measurements have been planned.  Workers camp shall be set up atleast 500 m away from the habitations.  The construction yard, hot mix plants, crushers etc. will be located at 500m away from habitations and in downwind directions  Adequate cross drainage structures have been planned to maintain proper cross drainage.  In order to compensate negative impacts on flora due to cutting of trees the project plans compensatory plantation in the ratio of 1:2 i.e. for every tree to be cut, two trees will be planted in the compensated area of land to be provided by the forest department.  The number of trees to be cut are , which have been identified jointly in presence of DFO. In order to compensate the number of trees to be cut 78648 number of trees have to be planted. In order to minimise the negative impact of tree felling, it is also proposed to transplant a minimum of 1/3rd of trees proposed for felling.  The plantation of trees shall be done subject to availability of space in the proposed ROW. The project will take an opportunity to provide environmental enhancement measures to improve aesthetics in the project area. The planned environmental enhancement measures include plantation in available clear space in ROW, enhancement of water bodies etc. In order to avoid contamination of water bodies during construction sedimentation chambers, oils and grease separators, oil interceptors at storage areas and at construction yard have been planned.

10 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

0.12 ENVIRONEMNTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN: Project specific environmental management plan have been prepared for ensuring the implementation of the proposed measures during construction phase of the project, implementation and supervision responsibilities, sufficient allocation of funds, timeframes for anticipated activities etc. has been dealt with in this document, which will eventually form a part of the Contract documents. The cost of the environmental management is 45.65crores. 0.13 CONCLUSIONS: Based on the EIA study and surveys conducted for the Project, it can be safely concluded that associated potential adverse environmental impacts can be mitigated to an acceptable level by adequate implementation of the measures as stated in the EIA Report. Adequate provisions shall be made in the Project to cover the environmental mitigation and monitoring requirements, and their associated costs as suggested in environmental budget. The proposed project shall improve Road efficiency and bring economic growth. In terms of air and noise quality, the project shall bring considerable improvement to possible exposure levels to population.

11 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT INTRODUCTION

1.1 BACKGROUND Ministry of Road Transport and Highways (MoRTH) through National Highway Infrastructure Development Corporation Ltd. (NHIDCL) of Government of India (the “Authority”) intends to develop the north-east roads. As a part of this endeavour, the Authority has decided to undertake the two laning of the following road through EPC mode. . Razai/ Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Road on NH 202 in the state of Manipur In this backdrop preparation of detailed project report and finalization of construction agency needs to be taken up prior to that. In this connection, NHIDCL has been entrusted with the assignment of preparation of detailed project report for construction of road from Razai/ Chingjaroi to Jessami. NHIDCL has appointed M/s SM Consultants having its head office in Bhubaneswar as consultant for preparation of detailed project report for the proposed road. Environmental Impact Assessment report is prepared in order to assess potential environmental impacts and to suggest the mitigation measures during construction and operation phase of proposed road. As per the strategic long-term vision of NHIDCL with respect to the improvement, operation and maintenance of road infrastructure in the State of Manipur, the Government has identified the need to upgrade the road. The road we are referring here is from Razai/ Chingjaroi to Jessami at km of NH 202. The road has an approximate length of 33.360 km. It would be required to construct the project road to a two lane with paved shoulder configuration. 1.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT Road has a special importance as vital infrastructure for economic development of the state. High priority is given in the plans and programme for construction of roads to develop the economy. Highways and roads are regarded as arteries and veins of a state which are essential for its growth. The inter-district road density in 2002 for Ukhrul was 24.47 km per 100 square km, which is much lower than the state average of 51.2 km per 100 square km. Altogether 32 percent villages in the district are connected by all-weather roads. Pathetic road condition in the hill districts of the state has always been detrimental for their development. It also determines the interaction among the people. In most of the villages inter village roads are not surfaced. Ukhrul being the district headquarter, needs to be well connected with its towns and villages as well as other districts. Moreover, the Shirui Peak which comes along the project road has many tourist attraction views. The improvement in the communication will improve the tourist flow and enhance the economy of the villages along the project road. The

12 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT road is a main link to the capital city and also flourishes the inter-state communication with Nagaland. 1.3 PROJECT DESCRIPTION The project road is situated in Ukhrul District of Manipur. It is about 33.360 km in length, starting from the Razai/ Chingjaroi to Jessami. This road alignment passes through Kharasom and Jessami. The project corridor traverses mostly through p hilly terrain. The land use is predominantly agricultural and forest with intermittent built up areas and semi-built-up areas. Figure 5 shows the location of the project corridor with respect to the administrative boundaries and transport corridors.

Figure 3: LOCATION OF PROJECT CORRIDOR

1.3 PROJECT INFLUENCE AREA: The project districts are Imphal East, Kamjong and Ukhrul in the state of Manipur. The district of Imphal East is bounded by Thoubal on the south, Imphal West on west, Kangpokpi on the north and Thoubal in the east. Imphal west is bound by Senapati on the western and northern side, Imphal east and Thoubal in the eastern side. Kamjong District is bounded by Ukhrul on North, kangpokpi on east, Tengoupal on south and Myanmar on east. Similarly, Ukhrul is bounded by Myanmar on East and north-east side, Senapati district on North west and west side, Kangpokpi on south west side and Kamjong on south and south-east side.

13 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

FIGURE 4: DISTRICT MAP OF MANIPUR The existing Row varies from 8 m to 12 m as per details collected from cadastral sheets. The proposed ROW is 24 m in open area and 20 m in built up area. The project influence area is 500 m on both side of the project corridor. 1.4 OBJECTIVES OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY The objectives of environmental impact assessment study are:  Study the project proposals and justification of the project.  Study the present environmental status in and around the operational area and establish baseline status pertaining to land, soil, biology, air and socio economic environment.  To identify Valued Ecosystem Components (VEC) and corridor specific major environmental issues.  To relate the proposed works with identification and prioritization of environmental and social issues.  To take up study of Socio-Economic Environment such as demographic survey and collection of baseline data on human settlement, health and education status of the community and existing infrastructural facilities for social welfare including sources of livelihood job opportunities, agriculture and forest products etc. of the area (Core Zone and Buffer Zone).  To integrate the environmental issues in the project planning and design.

14 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

 To develop appropriate management plans for implementing, monitoring and reporting of the environmental mitigation and enhancement methods suggested.  Providing budget for all compensatory or containment measure for Management Plan for Environment and Social issues. 1.6 NEED FOR ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT Unless a sustainable approach to road development is followed benefits of the proposed development works will be highly skewed in terms of project beneficiaries. Hence, it is imperative that measures to mitigate negative impacts of development activity on existing social and environmental set up of the project area are in-built into the project development. Such a strategy involves three basic steps as follows:  Assessment of existing natural and social environment and identification of full range of impacts,  Quantification of these impacts,  Mitigation measures to counter or reduce the intensity of these impacts. Thus Environmental Assessment (EA) forms an integral part of any planning process of road project and this applies to the present project as well. EIA has also been made a mandatory protection laws of the country. It is an important tool for integrating the objectives of environmental management with the requirements of economic growth and social development. Though an EIA is not needed for the present study as per the EIA Notification 2006 the same has been undertaken for eliminating or mitigating the undesirable effects of the proposed project on the environment by appropriate modification in the planning, designing, construction and operational phases. EA present a clear and concise picture of the benefits and cost in terms of natural and cultural assets as well as social values associated with alternate courses of action. It is indeed the most valuable, interdisciplinary and objective decision making tool with respect to alternate routes for development, process technologies and project sites. 1.7. PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS: The existing highway is presently a two lane undivided carriageway. In order to cater to the future demand, the project proposes to:  Develop the road to 2 lane carriageway with paved shoulders  In addition the project would improve the geometric deficiencies through curve improvements and the improvement of the various intersections

15 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

 The proposed improvement includes repair / rehabilitation of existing cross-drainage (CD) structures on the highway and provision of new CD structures at appropriate locations  To minimize the adverse impacts on the various settlements, measures have been provided for reducing the negative impacts on the settlements  Bus shelter and toilets have been provided at 19 locations.  Proper drainage, road furniture, utilities and amenities wherever required shall also be provided 1.8 APPROACH TO EIA: The study methodology for the EIA employs a simplistic approach and analyses the environmental issues identified. The sections below details out the methodology adopted for the assessment of the environment for the project. 1.8.1 Preliminary Environmental Screening A survey was undertaken to identify the Valued Ecosystem Components (VECs) within 500 m on both sides and have been categorized as follows:  Topography - Hilly terrain (33.36 km)  Land use - Agriculture, Forest and Built up

 Water resources - Water bodies like streams within COI  Forests and Wildlife - Nil  Road side plantations - Small Plants  Settlements - 4 number of major towns/ villages along the road  Sensitive Receptors - Educational and Health facilities within CoI  Drinking water resources - There are 13 approx number of wells, hand pumps, community water points, taps etc. within CoI  Religious structures - There are no numbers of religious structures like temples, masjids, churches etc. within CoI  Cultural properties - There is no protected /unprotected archaeological monuments within CoI  Market places - there are 2 numbers of market places within CoI  Common property Resources - There are no numbers of bus stops, no numbers of community centers, no cremation grounds, etc. along the road Based on the VECs, probable impacts can be derived.

16 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

1.8.2 Review of Applicable Environmental Regulations: Various regulations and guidelines were reviewed for the project and its applicability were checked. 1.8.3 Assessment of Baseline Environmental profile: All facets of environment like physical, ecological, and socioeconomic environment through primary and secondary sources were studied. The past data were collected and all baseline conditions were studied. All the information are as tabulated below. The samples were collected for ambient air, noise, water (ground and surface) were collected and these parameters monitored at different locations along the corridor. The results were tabulated and analyzed as per MoEF and CPCB norms. As part of the baseline environmental profile, a detailed tree inventory along the proposed RoW has been carried out based on their chainage, species, girth and distance from the carriageway. All trees with a girths size more than 30 cm have been enumerated jointly in presence of client and DFO. Based on the survey, a schedule has been prepared for record and preparation of estimates of felling. The impacts of the project was quantified based on the surveys carried out. The receptors included educational institutes, hospitals, cultural & religious properties and community properties.

Table 3: INFORMATION SOURCE Environmental Parameters Information sources Technical information on Inventory and Topographical Survey existing road features Inventory of features and Inventory Survey and Forest Officials environmentally sensitive areas Climatic condition Manipur Meteorological Department Geology, Seismicity, Soil and The Department of Horticulture & soil Topography Conservation, Google Land use Inventory Survey, Manipur Remote Sensing Applications Centre Drainage pattern Inventory Survey, Manipur Remote Sensing Applications Centre Status of forest areas Manipur Forest Department Air quality, Noise, soil and Survey & Investigation

17 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

water Borrow areas, Quarries and Survey & Investigation, Manipur SOR 2017 other construction material sources River geo-morphology, Manipur Topographical Map hydrology, drainage and flood patterns Socioeconomic environment Survey & Investigation 1.8.3 Consultations: Consultations with community members, village heads, teachers and other stake holders were taken up in each settlements/ villages. The feedback generated through these meetings has been incorporated as far as possible in the design and construction of the road. The consultation process shall continue even during the implementation stage to gauge the general opinion 1.8.4 Assessment of Impacts: Based on the baseline data collected for the road, potential impacts were done. Assessment of the environmental impacts was carried out to ascertain that the direct and indirect impacts likely to be induced due to the project are being adequately identified and addressed. The general impacts are land acquisition and allied impacts on society, dust and air pollution due to removal of structures, trees and vegetation, quarrying and other construction activities; noise pollution due to construction, loss of flora and its impacts on the ecology and impacts on water resources. The proposed improvement measures envisaged to be implemented through the EPC mode will have both positive outcomes as well as few adverse impacts. 1.8.4.1 Positive Impacts The broad objective of the present project is widening of the two lane facility to 4-lane carriageway with paved shoulder to accommodate the rapid growth of traffic in the corridor. The project shall:  Accelerate regional economic development in terms of tourism and agriculture,  Reduce vehicle operating and maintenance costs by improving road conditions,  Reduce journey time by minimizing congestion,  Minimize road accidents by increasing road widths, improving intersections and road geometry,  The project may also generate local employment opportunities through the construction activities and local business.

18 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

 Abatement of ambient air and noise pollution in comparison to a do-nothing situation, 1.8.4.2 Negative Impacts The proposed improvement work in the road corridor will be primarily confined to public land i.e. the existing Right of Way (RoW), which is under the control of Manipur Roads & Buildings Department. However, geometric improvements at certain stretches will lead to expropriation of land and other assets like water bodies, trees, common property resources and individually owned assets from the current owners/users. This will also cause disruption of existing environment and social set up and direct economic loss for asset losers and their families in the process. In addition, the project may impact the existing environmental and social conditions during its operation i.e. after its full stages of development. To identify such impacts, attempt have been made to record the perceptions of community about the negative impacts of the project, through road side interviews and community consultations at few stretches. The major adverse impacts as identified during such discussions include:  Loss of agricultural, residential and business properties.  Loss of trees and other natural resources  Loss of common property resources i.e. tube wells, drinking water tap points, tanks etc.  Loss of infrastructure facilities,  High risk for pedestrians and slow moving traffic, and  Increase in pollution 1.8.5 Assessment of Alternatives: To study that the best scenario is being adopted for implementation, various alternatives were studied. The assessment of alternatives included that of realignments, widening options, service roads, noise barriers in sensitive areas etc. 1.8.6 EMP: The EMP details the implementation of the plans of mitigation and enhancement measures:  Prediction and addressal of impacts on the various environmental components;  Site specific designs for the mitigation measures provided;  Site specific enhancement designs;  Traffic management plans during construction & operation phase; and  Monitoring mechanisms and indicators during construction and operation periods. 1.8 STRUCTURE OF THE REPORT The present report comprises the following chapters, apart from this Executive Summary.

19 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Chapter 1: Introduction Chapter 2: Project Description Chapter 3: Policy, Legal and Administrative Framework Chapter 4: Baseline Environmental Condition Chapter 5: Public Interactions Chapter 6: Potential Environmental Impacts Chapter 7: Analysis of Alternatives and Mitigation Measures Chapter 8: Environmental Enhancement Measures Chapter 9: Environmental Management Plan Chapter 10: Borrow Area Study Chapter 11: Disclosure of Consultant Annexure

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 LOCATION AND FEATURES OF THE SUBPROJECT ROAD The project road is located in one districts namely: Ukhrul. As stated earlier, the project corridor takes off from Gwaltabi, Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border. This road has an approximate length of 33.360 km from Razai/ Chingjaroi to Jessami. The project highway consists of one homogeneous sections from traffic point of view: Razai/ Chingjaroi to Jessami 2.1.1 SETTLEMENTS ALONG HIGHWAY A part of the total population of the towns is settled on both side of the road or local roads connecting it. At some stretches where water logging problem prevails. The land-use pattern in the project road is mainly built-up and cultivation type. Table 4: DETAILS OF VILLAGES & TOWNS ALONG THE PROJECT ROAD Existing Chainage Villages Sl. No. From (km) To (km) Name 1 124.000 124.200 Razai 2 134.900 136.700 Kharasom 3 137.900 139.000 Lazo 4 168.200 169.600 Jessami 2.1.2 LANDUSE PATTERN The land use pattern in Ukhrul District is presented in table below: Table 5: LANDUSE PATTERN IN UKHRUL DISTRICT

Sl. No Category Area (Ha) % to the total District Area 1. Settlement 6569.1 1.45 2. Agricultural Land 9675.02 2.13 3. Forest Cover 288330.98 63.45 4. Land with /without scrub 148347.82 32.65 5. Water Bodies (a) Group - A 0 0 (b) Group - B 0 0 6. Others 4077.08 0.9 Table 6: DETAILS OF TERRAIN & LAND USE PATTERN FOR ROAD 1

Sl. Chainage Chainge Terrain Landuse Pattern Location No. (From) (To)

Sl. Chainage Chainge Terrain Landuse Pattern Location No. (From) (To) 1. 126 126 Hilly Built-up Razai 2. 126 127 Hilly L-Hill, R- Valley 3. 127 127 Hilly L-Hill, R- Valley 4. 127 128 Hilly L-Hill, R- Valley 5. 128 128 Hilly L-Hill, R- Valley 6. 128 129 Hilly L-Hill, R- Valley 7. 129 129 Hilly L-Hill, R- Valley 8. 129 130 Hilly L-Hill, R- Valley 9. 130 130 Hilly L-Hill, R- Valley 10. 130 131 Hilly L-Hill, R- Valley 11. 131 131 Hilly L-Hill, R- Valley 12. 131 132 Hilly L-Hill, R- Valley 13. 132 132 Hilly L-Hill, R- Valley 14. 132 133 Hilly L-Hill, R- Valley 15. 133 133 Hilly L-Hill, R- Valley 16. 133 134 Hilly L-Hill, R- Valley 17. 134 134 Hilly L-Hill, R- Valley 18. 134 135 Hilly L-Hill, R- Valley 19. 135 135 Hilly L-Hill, R- Valley 20. 135 136 Hilly L-Hill, R- Valley 21. 136 136 Hilly L-Hill, R- Valley 22. 136 137 Hilly L-Hill, R- Valley 23. 137 137 Hilly L-Hill, R- Valley 24. 137 137 Hilly L-Hill, R- Valley 25. 137 138 Hilly L-Hill, R- Valley 26. 138 138 Hilly L-Hill, R- Valley 27. 138 138 Hilly L-Hill, R- Valley Built-up 28. 138 139 Hilly Kharasom L-Hill, R- Valley 29. 139 139 Hilly L-Hill, R- Valley 30. 139 140 Hilly L-Hill, R- Valley 31. 140 140 Hilly L-Hill, R- Valley 32. 140 141 Hilly L-Hill, R- Valley 33. 141 141 Hilly L-Valley, R-Hill 34. 141 142 Hilly L-Valley, R-Hill 35. 142 142 Hilly L-Valley, R-Hill 36. 142 143 Hilly L-Valley, R-Hill 37. 143 143 Hilly L-Valley, R-Hill 38. 143 144 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 39. 144 144 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 40. 144 145 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 41. 145 145 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 42. 145 146 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 43. 146 146 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 44. 146 147 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 45. 147 147 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill

Sl. Chainage Chainge Terrain Landuse Pattern Location No. (From) (To) 46. 147 148 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 47. 148 148 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 48. 148 149 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 49. 149 149 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 50. 149 150 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 51. 150 150 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 52. 150 151 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 53. 151 151 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 54. 151 152 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 55. 152 152 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 56. 152 153 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 57. 153 154 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 58. 154 154 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill Lazo 59. 154 155 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 60. 155 155 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 61. 155 156 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 62. 156 156 Hilly L-Valley, R-Hill 63. 156 157 Hilly L-Valley, R-Hill 64. 157 157 Hilly L-Valley, R-Hill 65. 157 158 Hilly L-Valley, R-Hill 66. 158 158 Hilly L-Valley, R-Hill 67. 158 159 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 68. 159 159 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 69. 159 160 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 70. 160 160 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 71. 160 161 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 72. 161 161 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 73. 161 162 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 74. 162 162 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 75. 162 163 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 76. 163 163 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 77. 163 164 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 78. 164 164 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 79. 164 165 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 80. 165 165 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 81. 165 166 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 82. 166 166 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 83. 166 167 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 84. 167 167 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 85. 167 168 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 86. 168 168 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 87. 168 169 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 88. 169 169 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 89. 169 170 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 90. 170 170 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill 91. 170 171 Hilly R- Valley,L-Hill

Sl. Chainage Chainge Terrain Landuse Pattern Location No. (From) (To) 92. 171 171 Hilly Built-up Jessami 93. 171 171.5 Hilly Built-up Jessami 2.1.3 JUNCTIONS ALONG HIGHWAY There are a total of 24+ junctions. Out of these junctions, 10 are left side road junctions and 14 right side road junctions. Other junctions are of less importance leading to jungle or metalled/cart tracks.

Table 7: LIST OF JUNCTIONS

Chainage Junctions Sl No. From (km) Type of Junction Connecting places 1 139.000 Y(R) Tusoam 2 169.260 Y(L) Jessami Junction 2.1.4 EXISTING STRUCTURES The list of existing Highway structures such as major bridge, minor bridge, culverts, vehicular under/overpass, ROB, RUB, grade separators, Flyovers, cattle pass, pedestrian underpass etc. are listed in Tables as below: Table 8: SUMMARY OF EXISTING STRUCTURES

Sl.No. Features Description 1 Major Bridge Nil 2 Minor Bridge Nil 3 ROB Nil 4 RUB Nil 5 Flyover Nil 6 Grade Separated Structures Nil 7 Culverts 143 8 Arch Culverts Nil 9 Cattle Underpass Nil 10 Pedestrian Underpass Nil 2.1.5 EXISTING CARRIAGEWAY AND PAVEMENT The existing road configuration between Razai/ Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami is uniform single lane carriageway with varying width of earthen shoulders. The surface of the carriageway is bituminous and the surface of shoulders is unpaved. Generally the condition of the pavement is poor. The details of the road condition is shown below in the chart. The detail road condition is shown in the figures below. Figure 5: ROAD CONDITION

2.1.6 ALIGNMENT The horizontal alignment between Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami is complicated with many sharp curves and hair pin bends. The said section mainly passes through hilly terrain in most of its length and cater to the design speed of 20km/hr or less. The existing road had 363 approx. nos of curves. 2.1.7 OTHER EXISTING STRUCTURES The list of other structures like school, colleges, other educational institutions, Petrol Pump, hospital & police station is listed below. Table 9: LIST OF OTHER IMPROTANT STRUCTURES ALONG THE CORRIDOR

CHAINAG SL NO SIDE FEATURE E LIST OF SCHOOLS 1 109/800 RHS Kharasom Govt. High School 2 111/440 RHS School 3 112/800 RHS Catherin Lee Mission School, Kharasom 4 138/000 LHS JNV RELIGIOUS STRUCTURES Nil POLICE STATION & PETROL PUMP NIL BUS STOP NIL

Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT 2.1.8 RIGHT OF WAY The existing ROW for the project road was enquired from revenue department and was found to be 8-12 m being common at most places. As finalized vide MoM dated 29.11.2017, 24 m ROW is proposed to be acquired at open area and 20 m in built up area. This is meant to keep sufficient carriageway width, drains, catch pits, structures if any required, bus bays, truck lay byes, parking areas, way side amenities if provided for, arboriculture etc. 2.2 PROJECT INTERVENTIONS 2.2.1 Proposed Design Modifications Improvement proposals for highway development basically consist of two major components, functional and structural.  Functional components address geometric improvement and visible dimensions of the roadway. Improvement proposals apropos functional components manifested in appropriate horizontal and vertical alignments, sight distance availability, lateral and vertical clearances, intersection treatment etc. aim improved design speed, road safety and also cover facilities such as proper intersection treatments, truck lay-by, bus bays, way side amenities, toll plaza etc.  Structural components deal with design aspects for pavement, CD structures, bridges and embankments i.e. the ability of the highway to adequately carry and support the vehicle/ wheel loads over the design period. Improvement proposals apropos structural components on the other hand calls for detailed evaluation of widening options, concentric or eccentric widening of the existing road as dictated by site situations like available ROW, existing utilities, terrain, etc., and also existing structural conditions, both for pavement and CD structures. While intermittently settlements are present, the project corridor predominantly traverses through rural areas which has mainly agricultural land and water logging area. The RoW along the project road is given in the table below: Table 10: PROPOSED ROW FOR THE PROJECT STRETCH

Type of Area Existing ROW Proposed ROW Open Area 8-12 approx. 24 m Built-up Area 5-8 approx. 20 m The list of villages falling within the Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border road is enlisted below: Sl. No Village Chainage Chainage (From) (To) 1 RAZAI (RIGHT SIDE ONLY) 99.010 106.848

Sl. No Village Chainage Chainage (From) (To) 2 CHINGJAROI KHULLEN 99.010 106.848 (LEFT SIDE ONLY) 3 KHARASOM 106.479 124.430 4 JESSAMI 124.430 138.386 The development schemes are as follows: Table 11: CARRIAGEWAY DEVELOPMENT SCHEME

Sl.No. Chainage Length Typical To From Cross-section 1. 105.000 105.700 700 1 2. 105.700 106.000 300 5 3. 106.000 106.500 500 1 4. 106.500 106.800 300 2B 5. 106.800 107.100 300 6 6. 107.100 107.900 800 4 7. 107.900 108.500 600 2A 8. 108.500 109.600 1100 6 9. 109.600 111.650 2050 2 10. 111.650 112.000 350 2A 11. 112.000 112.400 400 7A 12. 112.400 113.100 700 2A 13. 113.100 113.500 400 2 14. 113.500 113.800 300 5 15. 113.800 114.450 650 2A 16. 114.450 115.100 650 1 17. 115.100 115.500 400 6 18. 115.500 116.600 1100 1 19. 116.600 117.600 1000 5 20. 117.600 118.200 600 1 21. 118.200 119.000 800 2B 22. 119.000 119.900 900 1 23. 119.900 120.600 700 7 24. 120.600 121.200 600 1 25. 121.200 122.300 1100 2B

Sl.No. Chainage Length Typical To From Cross-section 26. 122.300 124.500 2200 1 27. 124.500 125.200 700 2A 28. 125.200 125.900 700 5 29. 125.900 128.300 2400 1 30. 128.300 130.700 2400 6 31. 130.700 131.700 1000 1 32. 131.700 132.000 300 2A 33. 132.000 133.000 1000 1 34. 133.000 134.800 1800 1 35. 134.800 135.200 400 6 36. 135.200 136.000 800 2A 37. 136.000 137.500 1500 1 38. 137.500 137.900 400 6 39. 137.900 138.300 400 3A 40. 138.300 138.700 400 7A 41. 138.700 139.000 300 6

Figure 6: TYPICAL CROSS SECTION 1

Figure 7: TYPICAL CROSS-SECTION 2

Figure 8: TYPICAL CROSS-SECTION 2A

Figure 9: Typical Cross-section 2B

Figure 10: Typical Cross-section 3

Figure 11: Typical Cross-section 3A

Figure 12: Typical Cross-section 3B

Figure 13: Typical Cross-section 4

Figure 14: Typical Cross-section 5

Figure 15: Typical Cross-section 6

Figure 16: Typical Cross-section 7

Figure 17: Typical Cross-section 7A

Figure 18: Typical Cross-section 8

2.2.2 Alignment Design The entire geometric design has been based on the ground modelling by highway MX design software. The design of proposed alignment for 2-lane with paved shoulder has been carried out based on the widening scheme as discussed above. 7.2.3.1 Horizontal Alignment The horizontal alignment is designed for 40-50 kmph design speed. The sub-standard curves are proposed with realignments/curve improvements to improve the sub-standard curves as standard curves. The existing road has as many as 4789 curves. This has been improved to 2603 number of curves with radius of 15 m minimum. The total road has been designed for speed of 20 kmph.

Table 12: DETAILS OF SHARP CURVES

Sl. No. Design Side Radius Remarks Chainage(m) 1. 110766.721 RIGHT 30.000 Built-up 2. 110832.824 LEFT 30.000 Built-up 3. 110911.494 RIGHT 50.000 Built-up 4. 110982.579 LEFT 50.000 Built-up 5. 111104.051 RIGHT 50.000 Built-up 6. 111286.616 LEFT 50.000 Built-up 7. 111425.794 RIGHT 30.000 Built-up 8. 112832.533 RIGHT 30.000 Built-up 9. 113104.829 RIGHT 80.000 Built-up 10. 113444.723 LEFT 50.000 Built-up

Sl. No. Design Side Radius Remarks Chainage(m) 11. 113523.695 RIGHT 60.000 Built-up Vertical alignment: Vertical Alignment is designed for minimum criteria of Intermediate Sight Distance (ISD). The existing road profile is reviewed on the basis of cross-sections taken at regular intervals with the help of Digital Terrain Model (DTM). Additional culverts have been proposed depending upon the site specific conditions/profile. 2.2.3 Pavement Options For the purpose of pavement design the project road is divided into two homogeneous sections as detailed in the traffic chapter. The purpose of the pavement study is to make analysis of different pavement alternatives to provide a basis for selection of the most advantage solution, considering all costs occurring during the life of the pavement, viz., construction costs, maintenance costs and costs for the road users. In pavement option study, the following is studied in detail:  New flexible pavement on the widening part and for full reconstruction stretches  Flexible overlay over the existing pavement  Flexible Pavement for partial reconstruction stretches of existing pavement. The different pavement design methods for above pavement options are studied and applied, which are given in Table below Table 13: CODE FOR PAVEMENT DESIGN

Pavement option Option type Design method 1 New Flexible pavement IRC 37:2012 2 Flexible Overlay IRC 81:1997 3 New Rigid Pavement IRC 58: 2015 The pavement existing thorough out the project length is flexible in nature. The project envisages widening to two lanes with paved shoulder of the existing single lane carriageway for augmenting the capacity of the project road and significantly extending its service life. Pavement Design includes strengthening of existing single/intermediate lane by providing appropriate bituminous overlay thickness. The general design procedure for the flexible pavement for the proposed road from Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border for widening portion as new construction as well

Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT as strengthening of existing carriageway has been followed as per the guidelines of IRC: 37- 2012 – “Guidelines for the design of flexible pavements” and IRC: 81-1997- “Guidelines for Strengthening of flexible road pavements using Benkelman Beam Deflection Technique” respectively. For the pavement design, the information is required with regard to the parameters such as volume of traffic, pavement condition; borrow area soil characteristics and properties of the existing subgrade. Growth rate is required to predict the traffic over the design life and axle load spectrum is necessary to calculate the Vehicle Damage Factor (VDF) for the design traffic calculations. New pavement design is based on the design traffic (msa) and the subgrade strength, however the overlay design will vary for each homogenous sections based on its structural and functional adequacy.

Flexible overlay is suggested over the existing pavement in order to enhance its structural and functional quality. Bituminous overlay in the form of BC and DBM is recommended as an overlay to support the design traffic of 10 years or 100 msa, whichever is less. BBD testing, test pit investigation, pavement condition survey and testing of the existing subgrade have been carried out to assess the requirements of strengthening. The overlay design is done in accordance with IRC: 81-1997 “Guidelines for Strengthening of flexible road pavements using Benkelman Beam Deflection Technique”.

2.2.3.1 Crust and Overlay Design Based on the traffic MSA of 20 and CBR of 5.4%, the crust of the pavement to be widened is designed and the overlay thickness is decided basing upon the BBD deflection characteristics. The table below shows the adopted thickness of each layer both in widening portion and the overlay portion. Table 14: CRUST DETAILS

Sl. No. Chainage (km) Widening Portion Overlay Portion 1 From To GSB WM DB BC WM DB BC M M M M 105/000 km 138/363 km 300 250 100 40 250 100 40 2.2.4 Improvement of Structures The improvement proposal includes repair, rehabilitation, widening and reconstruction of the culverts and bridges which are in poor condition. The improvement proposals are summarized in the following table. Table 15: ABSTRACT OF IMPROVEMENT DETAILS ON STRUCTURES IN PROJECT ROAD

S. No. of culverts Span (m) No. Widening Reconstruction New 1 1 6 2 1.1 3 3 1.2 4 4 1.3 3 5 1.4 4 6 1.5 5 78 35 7 1.6 1 8 1.7 1 9 2 1 10 2.5 1 11 3 1 A specialized team having relevant experience and expertise has inspected all the structures. Based on the defects observed, a comprehensive repair and rehabilitation plan is to be prepared for repair and rehabilitation of the distresses bridge components. 2.2.5 Improvement and Upgradation of Road Intersections The following intersections are proposed for improvement. Table 16: INTERSECTIONS PROPOSED FOR IMPROVEMENT

Chainage Junctions Sl No. From (km) Type of Junction Connecting places 1 138.386 Y(L) Jessami Junction 2.2.6 Longitudinal Drains RCC covered drain in built-up section has been proposed where enough space is available. To facilitate the drainage along the whole stretch of the project road, lined drains has been provided with catch-pits on the hill side. 2.2.7 Traffic Safety Measures Design of proper junctions, foot paths, all other measures such as crash barriers, road signs, road marking, turn lanes etc. have been provided as per road safety standards prescribed by MoSRT&H. These have been shown in the drawing volume. The Metal Beam Crash barriers are provided at various locations as the embankments are high. The location where guard wall has been proposed is listed below. Table 17: Chainages of W-Beam Crash Barrier Provision

Design Chainage Remarks Sl. No. Length From To The location 1. 105.000 105.700 1900 and height of 2. 105.700 106.000 300 the reinforced earth wall shall 3. 106.000 106.500 500 be done as per 4. 106.800 107.100 300 the site 5. 107.100 107.900 800 condition and 6. 108.500 109.600 1100 under guidance

7. 113.500 113.800 300 of Authority 8. 114.450 115.100 650 Engineer 9. 115.100 115.500 400 10. 115.500 116.600 1100 11. 116.600 117.600 1000 12. 117.600 118.200 600 13. 119.000 119.900 900 14. 119.900 120.600 700 15. 120.600 121.200 600 16. 122.300 124.500 2200 17. 125.200 125.900 700 18. 125.900 128.300 2400 19. 128.300 130.700 2400 20. 130.700 131.700 1000 21. 132.000 133.000 1000 22. 133.000 134.800 1800 23. 134.800 135.200 400 24. 136.000 137.500 1500 25. 137.500 137.900 400 26. 138.700 139.000 300 Retaining Wall The retaining wall is to be provided at the following chainages which are tabulated below. Table 18: Chainages of Retaining Wall Provision

Design Chainage Sl.No. Length From To 1. 105.700 106.000 300 2. 106.800 107.100 300 Remark 3. 108.500 109.600 1100 The location and 4. 113.500 113.800 300 height of the 5. 115.100 115.500 400 reinforced earth wall 6. 116.600 117.600 1000 shall be done as per 7. 119.900 120.600 700 the site condition and 8. 125.200 125.900 700 under guidance of Authority Engineer 9. 128.300 130.700 2400 10. 134.800 135.200 400 11. 137.500 137.900 400 12. 138.700 139.000 300 Breast Wall The breast wall is to be provided at the following chainages which are tabulated below. Table 19: Chainages of Breast Wall Provision

Sl. No. Design Chainage Length Remarks From To The location and 1. 106.800 107.100 300 height of the 2. 107.100 107.900 800 reinforced earth wall

3. 108.500 109.600 1100 shall be done as per 4. 115.100 115.500 400 the site condition and 5. 128.300 130.700 2400 under guidance of 6. 134.800 135.200 400 Authority Engineer 7. 137.500 137.900 400 8. 137.900 138.300 400 9. 138.700 139.000 300 Reinforced Earth Wall The reinforced earth wall is to be provided at the following chainages which are tabulated below as water logging areas are prominent here. Table 20: Chainages of Reinforced Earth Wall Provision

Design Chainage Sl. No. Length Remark From To 1. 112.000 112.400 400 The location and height of the reinforced earth wall shall be done as per 2. 138.300 138.700 400 the site condition and under guidance of Authority Engineer 2.2.8 User Facilities The facilities provided for the project stretch include busbays, toilets, road signages and footpath in the urban sections which facilitate the users as weel as reducing the disruption of traffic flow. Table 21: LOCATION OF PROPOSED BUS SIDINGS Sl No CHAINAGE LHS/RHS 1 133.536 RHS

Table 22: LOCATION OF PROPOSED TOILETS Sl No CHAINAGE LHS/RHS 19 133.536 RHS The footpaths are provided over the drains in the built-up sections to facilitate the pedestrian movements. Proper traffic signages are provided to warn and regulate the flow of traffic. The details of the traffic signs are provided in the Traffic Safety chapter. 2.2.9 Road Furniture and Other Features The road furniture, traffic safety features and other facilities included in the design are:  Bus Shelters  Road Markings  Traffic Signs  Kilometre Stone Details

 200m Stones and Boundary Stones Overhead sign boards at the start and end of the project road. The section of the signboard is provided in the drawings volume. 2.3 COST ESTIMATES: The total civil cost of the project is 676.27 crores. The table below shows the civil cost estimate for the project.

Table 23: GENERAL ABSTRACT

SL. NO TYPE OF WORK AMOUNT 1 Road Work i) Road Proper 2413363662.68 ii) Curves (Extra Widening) 133259440.93 2 C.D Works i) Slab Culvert a) PCC Slab Culvert 315829129.00 3 Miscellaneous Item i) Drain 48146845.00 ii) Lined Drain 80993449.00 iii) Breast Wall 554408322.00 iv) W Metal Beam Crash barrier 62697270.00 v) Reatining Wall 863655629.00 vi) Junctions 1176372.00 vii) Signs & Safety 23807413.32 viii) Bus Bay 4250047.00 ix) RE Wall 115257507.43 x) Seeding and Mulching 1595280.00 xi) Soil Nailing 228480.00 xii) Gabion Structure 64042322.62 4 Toilet Block (4 nos @ 15 lakhs)-L.S 6000000.00 5 Street Lighting (Built-up Section @ Rs 200 - 1800000.00 9000 nos)-L.S Sub Total 4690511170.00 Add Escalation in Rates @15% (5% per year) 703576675.50 Total Civil Cost "A" 5394087845.50 Add Contingency @ 2.8% on"A" 151034459.67 6 Total Cost with contingency (EPC Cost = 5545122305.17 A+B) Add Agency Charges @ 3.0% on "C" 166353669.16 Add Quality Control @ 0.5% on "C" 27725611.53 Add Road Safety @ 0.5% on "C" 27725611.53 Add Supervision @ 4.0% on "C" 221804892.21 Add Escalation @ 10.0% on "A" (5% per year) 539408784.55 Add Maintenance @ 5.0% on "A" 1st year (0.5%) 23452555.85 2nd year (0.5%) 23452555.85

SL. NO TYPE OF WORK AMOUNT 3rd year(1.0%) 46905111.70 4th year (1.5%) 70357667.55 5th year (1.5%) 70357667.55 Sum(C+D+E+F+G+H+I) 6762666432.64

SAY Rs. 676.27 CRORES

POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE

FRAMEWORK

POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK

3.1 INTRODUCTION: Roads are essential components for regional development of a country. Better roads lead to better communications through efficient transport systems. Increase in economic activities lead to increase in traffic movement on roads. To cater to increase in traffic improvement of existing roads by widening is needed. Such improvement measures in turn adversely impacts certain aspects of the environment such as atmospheric quality, water quality of rivers, streams, ponds, soil quality, noise level etc. In 1976 the 42nd Constitutional Amendment created Article 48A and 51A, placing an obligation on every citizen of the country to attempt to conserve the environment. As a result, a number of laws related to environment were passed to strengthen the existing legislation. Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 is the landmark legislation as it provides for the protection of environment and aims at plugging the loopholes in the other related acts. The Ministry of Environment and Forest made it mandatory for introducing environment assessment into the planning process of road projects as well as environmental impact appraisal as per Environmental Protection Act, 1986. The MoEF have assigned all central and State authorities to develop policies towards protection of environment for any infrastructure development activities as per the act. The Ministry of Environment and Forest (MoEF) has overall authority for the administration and implementation of government policies, laws and regulations. At the state level, the Department of Environment and Forest implement the MoEF authority. In the present project the environment acts, policy guidelines of both State and Central Government will be applicable. As these acts/regulations have varying procedures, requirements depending on type of Project, a detailed discussion is required in this report to study the extent of applicability, procedures and requirements to be met by the implementing authorities. The following subsections summarized the legislative framework in which the present project will be addressed with respect to the environment including social issues. 3.2 INSTITUTIONAL SETTING: The project is under implemnation by NHIDCL. The primary resposnibility of the project rests with the client in providing encumberence free ROW to the contractor who shall implement the project. The government bodies involved are:  Ministry of Environment and Forests, New Delhi

44 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

 Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB)  State Pollution Control Board  Department of Forests, Manipur 3.3 THE LEGAL FRAMEWORK: There are many acts and regulations aimed at protection and enhancement of environmental resources. The following sections discuss the various legal issues associated with the project.

Table 24: LEGAL FRAMEWORK APPLICABILITY

Sl Law/ Relevance Reason for Responsibl

) no Guideline application e Agency

Y/N

s Appli cable (

A. Country level Rules 1 Environmental Umbrella Act. Protection Y All MOEF, Protection Act, and improvement of the environmental State 1986 and environment. Establishes notifications, Departmen Environmental the standards for rules and t of Protection emission of noise in the schedules are Environme Rules, 1986 atmosphere. issued under nt, CPCB the act and SPCB 2 The EIA Expansion of National Y The length is MOEF Notification, Highway projects up to less than 100 14th Sep 2006 100 kms involving kms. and subsequent additional right of way Exemption amendments or land acquisition upto letter obtained 40 mts on existing from alignments and 60 mts Directorate of on re-alignments or by- Environment, passes may be exempted Govt of from the preview of the Manipur (Letter notification no 1/53/2016(EIA) /DoE/102 dated 23-09-2017 4 The Water Central and State Y Consent SPCB (Prevention Pollution Control Board required for not and Control of to establish/enforce polluting pollution) Act, water quality and ground and 1974 effluent standards, surface water monitor water quality, during prosecute offenders, and construction issue licenses for construction/operation of certain facilities. 5 The Air SPCB to set air quality Y Consent SPCB (Prevention standards and to required for and control of prosecute offenders, establishing

45 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Sl Law/ Relevance Reason for Responsibl

) no Guideline application e Agency

Y/N

s Appli cable (

pollution) Act excluding vehicular air and operating 1981 and noise emission. plants and crushers. 6 Noise Pollution Standards for noise Y construction SPCB (Regulation emission for various machineries And Control) land uses and vehicles to Act, 1990 conform to the standards for construction 7 Forest Diversion of forest land Y Forest land is State (Conservation) follows the process as influenced Forest Act, 1980 laid by the act Departmen t, MOEF 8 Coastal Manage coastal N The project MOEF, Regulatory boundaries area is not State Zone within Departmen Notification, designated t of 2011 coastal zone Environme nt 9 Wild Life Protection of wild life in N State Protection Act, sanctuaries and National Forest 1972 Park Departmen t, MOEF 10 Ancient To protect and conserve N No Archaeologi Monuments cultural and historical Archaeological cal Survey and remains found. monument area of India Archaeological in the project sites and area Remains Act 1958 11 The motor Empowers State Y All vehicles State Motor vehicle Act (& Transport Authority to used for Vehicles Rules) 1983 enforce standards for construction Departmen vehicular pollution. will need to t comply with the provisions of this act.

12 The Explosives Sets out the regulations Y If new Chief Act (& Rules) as to regards the use of quarrying Controller 1884 (1983) explosives and operation is of precautionary measures started by the Explosives while blasting & contractor quarrying. 13 Public Liability Protection to the general Y Hazardous public from accidents materials shall

46 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Sl Law/ Relevance Reason for Responsibl

) no Guideline application e Agency

Y/N

s Appli cable (

And Insurance due to hazardous be used for Act,1991 materials road construction 14 Hazardous Protection to the general Y Hazardous SPCB Wastes public against improper wastes shall be (Management handling and disposal of generated due and Handling) hazardous wastes to activities like Rules, 1989 of maintenance and repair work on vehicles 15 Chemical Protection against Y Handling of Accidents chemical accident while hazardous (Emergency handling any hazardous (flammable, Planning, chemicals resulting toxic and Preparedness explosive) and Response) chemicals Rules, 1996 during road construction

16 Mines and Permission of Mining of Y Permission of Departmen Minerals aggregates and sand Sand Mining t of (Regulation from river bed Mining, and & aggregates Manipur Development) Act, 1957 as amended in 1972 17 The Building Employing Labour/ Y Employing District and Other Workers Labour / Labour Construction workers Commissio Workers ner (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1996 3.3.1 State level Environmental Legislation: Various clearances required during construction of road like for setting up hot mix plant, batching plants, movement of RMCs, establishing new quarries, tube wells, etc. needs to be procured from SPCB, State Department of Mining or other necessary offices. 3.3.2 Other Legislations Applicable to Road Construction Projects The contractor ensures that the other legislations like Child Labour (Prohibition and Regulation) Act, Minimum Wages Act, Factories Act etc are followed.

47 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

3.4 SALIENT FEATURES OF IMPORTANT LAWS/REGULATIONS FOR NATURAL ENVIRONMENT 3.3.1 Forest (Conservation) Act This Act is of particular significance in case the project corridor requires acquisition of forestland. The Forest (Conservation) Act (1927) was amended in 1980 in an attempt to check the rapid deforestation occurring throughout India. At the state level, the government was empowered to declare reserve and protected forest and was also given the authority to acquire land for extension and preservation of the forests. An advisory Committee was formed to supervise compliance, within other government departments. In December 1996, a Supreme Court Judgment further defined the types of forests to be protected. In the present case this act will be applicable for all the roads irrespective of the presence or absence of reserved or protected forest along the road corridors as per the prevailing legal positions. But some of the roads pass within 10 km impact zone of wildlife sanctuary, elephant reserve and Biosphere Reserve buffer and transition zone as well as across the elephant corridors/passages for which the Wildlife (Protection) Act, rules and executive orders becomes mandatory to the followed. The Forest (conservation) Act 1980 was promulgated by GOI to regulate indiscriminate diversion, acquisition and destruction of forested land for various projects, which are non-forest uses by agencies of state and central govt. well as private or corporate agencies. The Act has undergone several changes the latest being in the year 1988. The Forest (Conservation) Rules 1981 was amended in 2003 and 2004. Few amendments out of which 2004 has been challenged in the Apex court and its operation have been stayed. The Act prohibits diversion of any forestland for any non-forestry purpose and certain activities in the forestry operations by even forest department. As per the Section – 2 of the Act, the definition of forestland include not only forest as understood in the dictionary sense, but any area recorded as forest in the Government record irrespective of its ownership. The provisions enacted in the forest conservation Act 1980 for the conservation of forests and the matters connected there which shall apply clearly to all forests so understood irrespective of the ownership or classification thereof. The term “Forest land” mentioned in Section 2 of the Act refers to Govt. Reserved Forest, Protected forest or any area recorded as forest in the Govt. records. Lands, which are notified under section 4 of Indian Forest Act, would also come within the preview of the Act (Supreme Court’s Judgment in NTPC’s case). It would also include ‘forest’ as understood in the dictionary sense (Supreme Court’s order dt 12.12.1996 in WP No.202/1995). All proposals for diversion of such areas for any non-forestry purpose, irrespective of its ownership would require prior approval of the Central Govt. (Boulders, bajri, stone etc. in the

48 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT river beds located within forest areas would constitute a part of the forest land and their removal would require prior approval of Central Government) Submission of proposal as described in the Handbook: Diversion of Forestland within Reserved Forest: Any proposal for diversion of Reserve Forest should be very carefully examined and detailed justification after exhausting all alternatives for locating the project in this forest area should be given while forwarding the proposal. It is essential to have the opinion of the local people whenever the project is coming up in the area. Therefore any proposal for diversion of forestland should be accompanied by a resolution of the “Aam Sava” of the Gram Panchayat or local body of the area endorsing the proposal that the project is in the interest of the people. Map of the forest area required showing boundary of adjoining forests etc. is to be furnished along with the prescribed form No. ‘A’. This should normally be on 1:50000 scale original Survey of India topo sheets. Species wise, diameter class wise abstracts of trees to be felled should be furnished in the prescribed form. Total enumeration of such trees is necessary only up to 10 ha. For larger areas species wise and diameter class wise abstract of trees may be computed either from the Working plans or by standard sampling methods. Compensatory Afforestation: Compensatory afforestation is one of the most important conditions stipulated by the Central Govt. while approving proposal for diversion of forestland for non-forest use. It is essential that a comprehensive scheme for compensatory afforestation is formulated and submitted to the Central Govt. The scheme should include details of non-forestland or degraded forestland identified for compensatory afforestation, map of the areas to be taken up for compensatory afforestation, year wise phased forestry operations, details of species to be planted and suitability certificate from afforestation/management point of view along with cost structure of various operations to be furnished. The compensatory afforestation schemes must have technical and administrative approvals, from the competent authority and should be in conformity with cost norms based on species, type of forestland and site conditions. Where non forest land for compensatory afforestation is not available compensatory, afforestation may be carried out over twice the area of degraded forests subject to production of certificate of non-availability of non-forest land within the entire state for compensatory afforestation from the Chief Secretary of the state. Components of Scheme for Compensatory Afforestation: a) Details of equivalent non-forest or degraded forestland identified for raising compensatory afforestation.

49 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

b) Delineation of Proposed area on a suitable map c) Agency responsible for afforestation. d) Details of work schedule proposed for compensatory afforestation. e) Cost structure of Plantations, provision of funds and mechanism to ensure that the funds will be utilized for raising afforestation. f) Details of proper monitoring mechanism. Non-forestlands identified for compensatory afforestation are to be transferred to the Forest department and declared as Reserved or Protected forests so that the plantation raised can be maintained permanently. The transfer and notification must take prior to the commencement of the project. This has been modified later by MoEF to ensure notification under Indian Forest Act under section 4 or 26 as Proposed Reserved Forest or Reserved Forest. The Nodal officer is to ensure final notification as RF within 6 months. The honourable Supreme Court of India in their orders on 30.10.2002 in 1A No.566 writ petition (Civil) No. 202 of 1995 have directed regarding the creation of a body for “Compensatory Afforestation Management and Planning Agency” to be constituted in each state. This body will look after the receipt of such compensatory afforestation fund from the user agency, the net present value of forest land (NPV) fund, the catchments area treatment fund, the wild life management plan fund etc. for the conditions stipulated by the Central Govt. Compensatory Afforestation fund Management and Planning Authority (CAMPA) has been notified in the official gazette on 23rd April-2004 by GOI. Applicability of the provisions of this act to the linear plantations was modified by notifications from the GoI, MoEF, dated 18th February 1998. The spirit behind the Forest (Conservation) Act was conservation of natural forest, and not strip plantation. In case of the “notification to be protected” road side plantations, the clearance now may be given by the concerned Regional Offices of the MoEF, irrespective of the area of plantation lost. While issuing the approval, in place of normal provision for compensatory Afforestation, the Regional Offices will stipulate a condition that Afforestation to be compensated in planting two times for felling down of every tree. If the concerned Regional Offices do not accord the decision within 30 days of the receipt of fully completed application, the proponent agency may proceed with the widening/expansion under intimation to the State Forest Department and MoEF. The approval requires that all forested land to be used must be surveyed and the species, size, number of trees and their location to be recorded. These data, plus other specific data must be prepared in a lengthy application for clearance. Table 25: Key Steps in Forest Clearance Process

50 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Step No. Activity No. of Days

1 Preparation of case / application letter that is 7 submitted to Revenue and Forest Department Area calculation to identify land diversion 2 requirement with the help of Revenue 30 Department represented Joint visit by Executive Engineer, and District 3 30 Forest Officer(DFO)

4 Enumeration of trees by the Forest Department 7 after the visit of Forest Guard and Range Officer List is forwarded by the Range Officer to DFO 5 15 for approval Preparation of a combined ‘case’ papers (documents prepared by Revenue Department, 6 list of trees enumerated by Forest Department 7 and actual area calculation for diversion of forest land are enclosed) Case submitted to DFO - DFO Office will 7 examine the case and further send to 7 Conservator of Forests Conservator of Forests will examine the papers 8 and further forward the case (subject to the fact 7 that no short-comings/deficiencies are found) to Prin. Chief Conservator of Forests Case is further examined by the Prin. Chief 9 Conservator of Forests and forwarded to 4 Additional Secretary (Forests) 10 Additional Secretary (Forests) recommends the 3 case for the approval of the Forest Minister. 11 Forest Minister approves the case and returns 8 the case file to Additional Secretary (Forests) Case file is sent to CF, Shillong (MoEFCC) after the counter signature of Chief Secretary, State 12 Government. (The case file is counter-signed by 2 the Chief Secretary as the case file goes to MoEFCC). CF (Shillong) examines the case. May opt for 13 conducting a site inspection or may provide an 90 ‘in- principle’ clearance without conducting the site visit. If CF, Shillong provides ‘in-principle’ approval, it is conveyed to DFO. The concerned DFO 14 works out the cost for compensatory 3 afforestation and NPV and the total cost/amount is conveyed to the concerned Executive Engineer. Executive Engineer requests PWD for releasing the said amount. The Project 15 Director’s Office/PWD directly deposits the 2 specified amount into the bank account of the concerned DFO. 16 The DFO communicates the amount deposition 2

51 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

to CF, Shillong and requests to provide final/formal approval 17 CF, Shillong conveys (in writing) the 30 final/formal approval to the concerned DFO 18 DFO conveys the final/formal sanction to the 2 Executive Engineer DFO further directs the concerned Range 19 Officer (Forest Department) to mark (process is 1 formally known as ‘hammering’) the trees for cutting. Range Officer hammers/ marks the trees in 20 presence of Executive Engineer or his field 10 representative 21 The Range Officer sends the final list of trees to 1 the concerned DFO for information 22 DFO forwards the case to Forest Corporation to 3 call ‘tender’ for cutting the marked trees 23 DM, Forest Corporation calls for bid and fixes 30 date/s to receive the tender documents After opening of the tenders and their 24 evaluation, tree cutting work is awarded to the 15 selected contractor 25 Contractor mobilizes the required lab our and 15 machinery at site 26 Contractor cuts the trees. 30 Table 26: Key Step in Tree Cutting Permission Process

Step No. Activity No. of Days 1 Preparation of case / application letter to the Revenue and Forest Department for felling of 7 trees falling within the Right of Way 2 Area to be cleared of trees is verified on the 30 ground with the help of Revenue Department 3 Joint visit by Executive Engineer, DFO and Revenue Department staff for the verification of 30 the land and trees falling within the ROW 4 Enumeration of trees by Forest Department after the visit of Forest Guard and Range Officer (both from Forest Department). The details 7 cover number of trees to be cut along with chainage, species and girth information. 5 List of trees to be cut is forwarded by the Range 15 Officer to the concerned DFO for approval 6 The combined case paper is prepared by enclosing the documents received from 7 Revenue and Forest Department (as prepared in the steps mentioned above). 7 Case is submitted to the concerned DFO – the DFO Office examines the case and if there are 7 no observations, sends it to the Conservator of Forests (CF) 8 The CF office will examine the case and if there are no observations, will approve the felling 7 proposal.

52 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

9 The approval from CF office is conveyed to the concerned DFO, who further conveys the final 2 sanction (in writing) to Executive Engineer. 10 DFO further directs the concerned Range Officer (Forest Department) to mark (process is 1 formally known as ‘hammering’) the trees for cutting. 11 Range Officer hammers/ marks the trees in presence of Executive Engineer or his field 10 representative. 12 The Range Officer sends the final list of trees to 1 the concerned DFO for information. 13 DFO forwards the case to Forest Corporation to 3 call ‘tender’ for cutting the marked trees. 14 DM Forest Corporation calls for bids and fixes 30 date/s to receive the tenders. 15 After opening of the tenders and their evaluation, tree cutting work is awarded to 15 the selected contractor 16 Contractor mobilizes the required labour and 15 machinery at site. 17 Contractor cuts the trees 30 3.3.2 Wild Life (Protection) Act The Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 has allowed the Government to establish a number of National Parks and Sanctuaries to protect and conserve the flora and fauna of the state. The Wildlife Protection Act, (1972) is the first comprehensive act enacted to protect the wild animals and their habitats. It will improve protection measures of the existing National Parks and Sanctuaries and strengthen the Protected Areas (PA). The objectives of the act include to protect the rapidly declining wild animal and birds of the country, control trade in wildlife products, streamline and strengthen wildlife setup at Central and State level and establishment of Wildlife Advisory Board. In the extensive amendment in 1991, endangered wild plants have also been included within the protective umbrella of this Act. In the present case this act will be applicable, as there are two points of wild life crossings near Shirui Village. 3.3.3 The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 The present act resulted in the establishment of the Central and State level Pollution Control Boards whose responsibilities include managing water quality and effluent standards, as well as monitoring water quality, prosecuting offenders and issuing licenses for construction and operation of any facility. This will include generation of liquid effluent during construction of road from civil engineering activities or from domestic activities in workers’ camp. There are specific penalties for violation, which include imprisonment for responsible officials. This act will apply to the corridor under consideration.

53 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

3.3.4 The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 The present act empowers Central and State Pollution Control Boards for managing air quality and emission standards, as well as monitoring air quality, prosecuting offenders and issuing licenses for construction and operation of any facility. Air quality includes noise level standards. There are specific penalties for violation, which include imprisonment for responsible officials. This act has notified National Ambient Air Quality Standard for different regions e.g. Industrial, Residential and Commercial areas. Air quality during construction and operation phases will be guided by this specific act. This act will apply to the corridor under consideration. 3.3.5 The Noise Pollution Regulation and Control Act The present act has been issued to promulgate noise level standards for various land uses. Under this act day and time noise levels and other regulations have been issued to regulate noise levels. This act will apply to the corridor under consideration. 3.3.6 The Mining Act The Mining Act has been enacted for safe and sound mining activity. This act will apply to the corridor under consideration, as construction materials are to be procured from borrow areas, quarries and mines in near vicinity. 3.3.7 Ramsar Convention on Wetlands, 1971 The Convention on Wetlands, signed in Ramsar, Iran, in 1971, is an intergovernmental treaty, which provides the framework for national action and international cooperation for the conservation and wise use of wetlands and their resources. As per the Ramsar Convention on Wetlands, 25 sites in India are designated as Wetlands of International Importance. Though one wet land fall in the state of Arunachal Pradesh (Kolleru Lake), it does not fall under this project stretch. 3.3.8 The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 This act was passed as an overall comprehensive act “for protection and improvement of environment” Under this act rules have been specified for discharge/emission of effluents and different standards for environmental quality. These include Ambient Noise Standard, Emission from Motor Vehicles, Mass Emission standard for Petrol Driven Vehicles, General Effluent Standards etc. especially important for road project. This act will apply to the corridor under consideration. The Environment Impact Assessment Notification, 14 September, 2006: As per the provisions of the new amended EIA Notification dated 14th September 2006, the proposed project falls in the schedule. The requirement for Environmental clearance has been quoted below:

54 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

BOX 3-1: Requirement for Seeking Environmental Clearance “Categorization of projects and activities: All projects and activities are broadly categorized into two categories-Category A and Category B….. All projects or activities included as Category A in the Schedule, including expansion and modernization of existing projects or activities …., shall require prior environmental clearance from the Central Government in the Ministry of Environment and Forest…. All projects or activities included as Category B in the Schedule, including expansion and modernization of existing projects or activities ….will require prior environmental clearance from the State/Union territory Environment Impact Assessment Authority.” Procedure for Environmental Clearance An application seeking prior environmental clearance shall be made in the prescribed Form 1 before commencing any construction activity, or preparation of land, at the site by the applicant. The applicant shall furnish, along with the application, a copy of the pre-feasibility project report. As per the new notification, the environment clearance proposal for any category “A” Project has to pass through four different stages i.e., Screening, Scoping, Public Consultation and Appraisal. In the Screening stage, project will be screened by Expert Appraisal Committees (EACs) of MOEF to assess the need for detailed EIA study for grant of Environment Clearance. Then under Scoping stage, detailed and comprehensive Terms of Reference (TOR) for EIA will be suggested by EAC to address all relevant environmental concerns in the preparation of an Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) Report for the project. Then “Public Consultation” will be carried out in project area by which the concerns of local affected persons and others who have plausible stake in the environmental impacts of the project or activity are ascertained with a view to taking into account all the material concerns in the project or activity design as appropriate. After completion of the public consultation, all the material environmental concerns expressed during this process will be included in the draft EIA and EMP. The final EIA report, so prepared, shall be submitted to the concerned regulatory authority i.e. MOEF for appraisal and subsequent grant of environment clearance Public Consultation refers to the process by which the concerns of local affected persons and others who have plausible stake in the environmental impacts of the project or activity are ascertained with a view to taking into account all the material concerns in the project or activity design as appropriate. The Public Consultation shall ordinarily have two components comprising of:

(a) A public hearing at the site or in its close proximity, district wise, to be carried out in the prescribed manner for ascertaining concerns of local affected persons;

55 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

(b) Obtain responses in writing from other concerned persons having a plausible stake in the environmental aspects of the project or activity. Procedure for Conduct of Public Hearing 1. The Applicant shall make a request through a letter to the Member Secretary of the SPCB or Union Territory Pollution Control Committee, in whose jurisdiction the project is located, to arrange the public hearing within the prescribed statutory period.

2. The Applicant shall enclose with the letter of request, at least 10 hard copies and an equivalent number of soft (electronic) copies of the draft EIA Report including the Summary Environment Impact Assessment report in English and in the local language. Simultaneously the applicant shall forward copies, one hard and one soft, of the above draft EIA Report along with the Summary EIA report to the Ministry of Environment and Forests and to the following authorities or offices, within whose jurisdiction the project will be located:

- District Magistrate

- Zilla Parishad or Municipal Corporation

- District Industries Office

- Concerned Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests

3. On receiving the draft Environmental Impact Assessment report, the above-mentioned authorities except the MoEF, shall arrange to widely publicize it within their respective jurisdictions requesting the interested persons to send their comments to the concerned regulatory authorities. They shall also make available the draft EIA Report for inspection electronically or otherwise to the public during normal office hours till the Public Hearing is over. The Ministry of Environment and Forests shall promptly display the Summary of the draft Environmental Impact Assessment report on its website, and also make the full draft EIA available for reference at a notified place during normal office hours in the Ministry at Delhi. 4. The MPCB shall also make similar arrangements for giving publicity about the project within the State/Union Territory and make available the Summary of the draft Environmental Impact Assessment report for inspection in select offices or public libraries or Panchayats etc. They shall also additionally make available a copy of the draft Environmental Impact Assessment report to the above five authorities/offices viz, Ministry of Environment and Forests, District Magistrate etc.

56 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

5. The Member-Secretary of the MPCB shall finalize the date, time and exact venue for the conduct of public hearing within 7(seven) days of the date of receipt of the draft Environmental Impact Assessment report from the project proponent, and advertise the same in one major National Daily and one Regional vernacular Daily. A minimum notice period of 30 (thirty) days shall be provided to the public for furnishing their responses; 6. The advertisement shall also inform the public about the places or offices where the public could access the draft Environmental Impact Assessment report and the Summary Environmental Impact Assessment report before the public hearing. 7. No postponement of the date, time, venue of the public hearing shall be undertaken, unless some untoward emergency situation occurs and only on the recommendation of the concerned District Magistrate the postponement shall be notified to the public through the same National and Regional vernacular dailies and also prominently displayed at all the identified offices by the MPCB. In the above exceptional circumstances fresh date, time and venue for the public consultation shall be decided by the Member Secretary of the MPCB in consultation with the District Magistrate and notified afresh as per procedure specified above. 8. The District Magistrate or his or her representative not below the rank of an Additional District Magistrate assisted by a representative of MPCB, shall supervise and preside over the entire public hearing process. 9. The MPCB shall arrange to video film the entire proceedings. A copy of the videotape or a CD shall be enclosed with the public hearing proceedings while forwarding it to the Regulatory Authority concerned. 10. The attendance of all those who are present at the venue shall be noted and annexed with the final proceedings. There shall be no quorum required for attendance for starting the proceedings. 11. A representative of the applicant shall initiate the proceedings with a presentation on the project and the Summary EIA report. Every person present at the venue shall be granted the opportunity to seek information or clarifications on the project from the Applicant. The summary of the public hearing proceedings accurately reflecting all the views and concerns expressed shall be recorded by the representative of the MPCB and read over to the audience at the end of the proceedings explaining the contents in the vernacular language and the agreed minutes shall be signed by the District Magistrate or his or her representative on the same day and forwarded to the MPCB concerned.

57 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

12. A Statement of the issues raised by the public and the comments of the Applicant shall also be prepared in the local language and in English and annexed to the proceedings: 13. The proceedings of the public hearing shall be conspicuously displayed at the office of the Panchayats within whose jurisdiction the project is located, office of the concerned Zilla Parishad, District Magistrate, and the MPCB. The MPCB shall also display the proceedings on its website for general information. Comments, if any, on the proceedings, which may be sent directly to the concerned regulatory authorities and the Applicant concerned. 14. The public hearing shall be completed within a period of 45 (forty five) days from date of receipt of the request letter from the Applicant. Thereafter the MPCB concerned shall sent the public hearing proceedings to the concerned regulatory authority within 8 (eight) days of the completion of the public hearing .The applicant may also directly forward a copy of the approved public hearing proceedings to the regulatory authority concerned along with the final Environmental Impact Assessment report or supplementary report to the draft EIA report prepared after the public hearing and public consultations. 15. If MPCB fails to hold the public hearing within the stipulated 45 (forty five) days, the Central Government in Ministry of Environment and Forests for Category ‘A’ project shall engage any other agency or authority to complete the process, as per procedure laid down in this notification. After completion of the public consultation, the applicant shall address all the material environmental concerns expressed during this process, and make appropriate changes in the draft EIA and EMP. The applicant shall submit the final EIA report to the concerned regulatory authority for appraisal. The applicant may alternatively submit a supplementary report to draft EIA and EMP addressing all the concerns expressed during the public consultation. The Expert Appraisal Committee shall scrutinize the application and other documents like the Final EIA report, outcome of the public consultations including public hearing proceedings, submitted by the applicant to the regulatory authority concerned for grant of environmental clearance. This appraisal shall be made by Expert Appraisal Committee in a transparent manner in a proceeding to which the applicant shall be invited for furnishing necessary clarifications in person or through an authorized representative. On conclusion of this proceeding, the Expert Appraisal Committee shall make categorical recommendations to the regulatory authority concerned either for grant of prior environmental clearance on stipulated terms and conditions, or rejection of the application for prior environmental clearance, together with reasons for the same. The appraisal of an application be shall be completed by the Expert Appraisal Committee within sixty days of the receipt of the final Environment Impact Assessment report and other documents or the receipt of Form 1. The regulatory authority

58 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

shall consider the recommendations of the EAC concerned and convey its decision to the applicant within forty five days of the receipt of the recommendations of the Expert Appraisal Committee or in other words within one hundred and five days of the receipt of the final Environment Impact Assessment Report. 3.4 CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROJECT: The summary of all the clearances required to be obtained for the project are as follows: Table 27: Clearance Requirements

Sl Type of Authority Applicability Project stage Responsibility no clearance 1 Prior MoEF Applicable Pre-construction NHIDCL Environmental Clearance 2 Clearance for State Wildlife Applicable Pre-construction NHIDCL working/ diversion of sanctuary land 3 Forest Clearance State Applicable Pre-Construction NHIDCL Department of Env and Forests, MoEF 4 Wildlife State Wildlife Applicable Clearance 5 Tree Felling Forest Felling of trees Pre-Construction NHIDCL permission Department 6 NOC and SPCB For establishing Construction Contractor Consents under plants, operating Air, Water, EP HMP, crushers Acts, Noise rules and BMP 7 Permission to SPCB Storage and Construction Contractor store Hazardous transportation of materials hazardous materials 8 NOC under SPCB Disposal of Construction Contractor Hazardous waste bituminous wastes 9 Certificate for use Department of For Construction Construction Contractor of vehicles for Transport vehicles construction 10 Quarry lease deed Department of Quarrying and Construction Contractor and license Geology and borrowing Mines operations NOC for digging Ground water For extraction of Construction Contractor wells, or tubewells authority ground water

59 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

3.5 SUMMARY A part from the above mentioned clearances the following clearances needs to be obtained by the contractor:  For establishing workers camp, equipment yard and storage yard. The plan and layout needs to approved  Route Plan for each section of road that shall be used for construction vehicles  Traffic management plan to handle the traffic during construction  Emergency action plan for accidents due to fuel and lubricants  Quality Management Plan

BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION

Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPO RT

BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION

The present chapter presents the baseline environmental conditions of the project region. It comprises primary information collected through field surveys, environmental monitoring etc. and secondary information from literature review, Internet etc. 4.1 PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT 4.1.1 Meteorology 4.1.1.1 Climate The climate of Manipur is tropical. The summers have much more rainfall than winters. The average annual temperature in Manipur is 26.9 °C. The rainfall here averages 1517 mm. Precipitation is the lowest in December with an average of 5 mm. In july, the precipitation reaches its peak with an average of 323 mm. The winters commences in November and lasts till March. This is followed by the summer season till June. At an average temperature of 31.9 °C May is the hottest month of the year. At 20.8 °C on average, December is the coldest month of the year.

FIGURE 19: AVERAGE TEMPERATURE AND PRECIPITATION GRAPH

62 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPO RT

Figure 20: CLOUDY, SUNNY, AND PRECIPITATION DAYS

4.1.1.2 Temperature The normal maximum and minimum temperatures recorded in the state are 33°C to 8°C respectively. The maximum temperature is usually recorded in the month of May. Temperature begins to rise from about the beginning of March steadily till May which is usually the hottest month of the year with the mean daily maximum temperature recorded as 31.9 °C. July and August are characterized by high humidity. From mid of November the day temperature also begin to drop rapidly and December is usually the coldest month with the mean daily maximum temperature of 20.8 °C.

Figure 21: MAXIMUM TEMPERATURES

63 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPO RT

4.1.1.3 Rainfall The district receives high rainfall during June to September. The agriculture activity in the district much dependent on the rainfall for irrigation in the state. The average rainfall for Manipur is 2593 mm. Figure 22: RAINFALL DATA

4.1.1.4 Wind Speed The following figures summarizes the wind speed throughout the year. Figure 23: WIND SPEED

64 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPO RT

Figure 24: WINDROSE DIAGRAM

4.1.2 Natural Hazards Flood: Flood in Manipur Valley is primarily due to heavy rainfall in the upper catchment areas. Intensity of rainfalls is higher in the hilly region than in the plain region. Hilly region, surrounding the valley region occupies 4432 sq. km. which is 70% of the total catchment area and area of Manipur Valley is 1900 sq. km. which is 30% only. Thus Manipur Valley has

65 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPO RT large upper catchment area where rainfall is normally high. These good amounts of rainfall feed many streams and rivers, which finally drain, through Manipur Valley. In the hilly region very steep slope nature occupies the major portion. Besides, degraded land areas occupy 1545 km2 which is 24 % of total catchment area and 35 % of hilly region, enhancing more erosion and run off. There are many vulnerable points along the riverbanks of the major rivers of Manipur Valley. In these areas; erosion, sliding and slumping of the banks are common; causing breach of River banks to these points during rainy season. Proper maintenance of these riverbanks is much necessary and retaining walls are to be constructed. The project road is entirely of plain terrain. There are such case of flood in project district. Earthquake: Manipur is situated in seismic zone V, which is ‘very high risk zone’ in the country (Seismic Zones -India 2007). It keeps on experiencing minor tremors off and on. The seismologists, on the basis of past pattern have predicted that a major earthquake is almost overdue in the north east region of India. Earthquakes of low to moderate intensity are recorded here regularly. The state of Manipur, has weathered dozens of large earthquakes the biggest in recent times being the 1988 M7.2 earthquake. Most earthquakes in western Manipur are shallow. But some, especially those recorded in the eastern parts and along and across the Myanmar border have greater depths. Areas in central Manipur are especially vulnerable to damage during earthquakes as they lie in the Imphal Valley, the lowest point of which lies the Loktak Lake. Much of the valley floor provides for strong shaking fromn even far off quakes as its soft soil amplifies the wave motions.

66 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPO RT

Figure 25: SEISMIC ZONE MAP OF INDIA

4.1.3 Topography The project road passes through hilly terrain for the full stretch with very few length in the plains. The elevation of the road varies from 813 m to 1878 to 1205 m above the MSL from Yaingangpokpi to Ukhrul to Jessami. The districts of the project stretch are bounded by the following places and features on all the four sides. East: Myanmar West: Senapati North: Nagaland South: Kamjong South West: Kangpokpi Manipur lies between 23.83 degree and 25.68 degree north latitude and 93.03 degree and 94.78 degree east, longitude. The state is full of lush greenery everywhere and is famous for its splendid plateaus, hill ranges and beautiful valleys that are fully of flowers. This north eastern state is famous for its lakes and swamps that are an important part of the geography of the state. The Loktak Lake is the greatest lake in Manipur for its fresh water and is a wetland that has importance in Manipur and is of international significance.

67 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPO RT

Ukhrul Ukhrul is a town in Ukhrul district in the state of Manipur, India. Ukhrul district is the home of the Tangkhul Naga. It is the administrative headquarters of the Ukhrul district. There are also four sub-divisions in the district for administering the villages in and around it. Geography

Ukhrul district, with a total geographical area of 4544 square kms, lies between 24.28 degree and 25.41 degree north latitudes and 94.45 degree and 94.80 degree east longitudes. The District is bounded by Myanmar in the East, Chandel District in the South, Imphal East and Senapati Districts in the West and Nagaland State in the North. The terrain of the district is hilly with varying heights of 913 m to 3114 m (MSL). The district head quarter Ukhrul is linked with Imphal, the state capital by NH 150. Rivers

Maklang and Tuyeng are the important rivers for Kasom Khullen and Kamjong Sub- division. The Thoubal River starts from the district and running through the Ukhrul North and Ukhrul central sub-divisions. It is the longest and biggest river in the district. Chammu and chingai rivers run through Ukhrul North Sub-division. Climate & Rainfall

The whole district is having the monsoon type of climate. As the district headquarters lies on the top of the high hills it is very cold throughout the year. It is always covered by the clouds. Regarding weather of the district Headquarter, the sudden changes of the position of cloud are openly seen within a few moments. But in other places outside the district Headquarter, it is hot in summer and very cold in winter. However, the whole district is having a moderate temperature. The hill range that lies in the district Headquarter Ukhrul Central sub-division has got very cold climate in winter while other parts of the vast hilly areas of the district have got moderate climate throughout the year. The coldest months of the district are December and January. During this period, the temperature at the Ukhrul district head-quarter uses to come down to 300C and even 00C. The climate in Ukhrul is warm and temperate. In winter, there is much less rainfall in Ukhrul than in summer. This location is classified as Cwb by Köppen and Geiger. The average temperature in Ukhrul is 15.5 °C. Precipitation here averages 1616 mm.

68 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPO RT

Figure 26: Ukhrul Climate Graph Figure 27: Ukhrul Temperature Graph

Table 28: VULNERABLE LANDSLIDE ZONE

Sl. No. Chainage Chainage Length (From) (To) 1. 128.500 130.800 2300 2. 133.900 134.500 600 3. 145.800 146.600 800

69 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPO RT

Figure 28: GOOGLE EARTH IMAGE SHOWING TERRAIN AND LAND USE ALONG THE PROJECT ROAD 4.1.4 Drainage Pattern Manipur river basin draining towards south, the Barak river basin draining into Assam / Bangladesh and the Chindwin (Myanmar) river basin. Among the rivers, important ones are the Imphal river, the Iril river, the Thoubal river, the Chakpi river, the Tuivai river, the Irang river, the Makru river, the Jiri river, the Barak river, the Maklang river, the Lokchao river and the Taret river etc. The state is drained by various streams which belong to the three river systems. The Manipur river and its tributaries - Imphal, Thoubal, Nambul, Nambol, Khuga, Sekmai, and other smaller streams with Loktak and other associated lakes form the water resources of the valley having catchment of 6,332 sq. km about 28.4% area of the state. Discharging maximum quantity of water during the monsoon months (May- September), they

70 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPO RT frequently inundate the land along their banks. Every year Manipur experience havoc of flood. North-eastern & Western hill areas have a catchment of 9042 sq. km. about 40.5 % area of entire state. The Eastern slope of Manipur eastern hills is connected by a number of small streams of the Chindwin river system, which have a catchment of 6953 sq. km., about 31.1% area of the State. The drainage pattern in the project districts is also structurally controlled and trellis in nature since it is entirely in mountain belt. The drainage pattern of the project road has been elaboratedin the Annexures. 4.1.5 Geology Tectonically, the whole of Manipur forms a part of the great geosynclines that apparently had original basin topography of ridges and furrows. Sediments started depositing in the geosynclines, argillaceous sediments deposited in the furrows and arenaceous and calcarious sediments in the ridges. The structural zones within the broad eugeosyncline as classified, from West to East are:  Assam-Arakan trough (Eugeosynclinal furrow)  Arakan Yoma Eugeosynclinal ridge)  West Burmese trough (Eugeosynclinal furrow)  Pegu Yoma (Eugeosynclinal ridge) and  East Burmese trough (Eugeosynclinal furrow) The zones are broadly N-S trending and nearly eastern half of Manipur falls in Arakan Yoma (ridge) that extends from Nagaland through Manipur and sinks into sea at cape Negrais in Myanmar. They appear again in the Andaman and Nicobar Islands and again further in the outer islands of the Malayan sea. In the Imphal valley, lenses of the argillaceous sediments were deposited in the Assam- Arakan trough (furrow). Thus, Manipur constitutes a part of the Burmese Arc, which extends northward into the eastern syntaxial bend of the Himalayas and southwards as extension of the Patkai and Kohima synclinoria trending NNE-SSW with a high dip. It occupies rock formations, which are geologically quite young being on out, come of the Tertiary Orogeny of the Himalayas from the shallow bed of the Tethys Sea. The oldest formations are the Disangs (Eocene Age) which is about 58 Million years old. The Disangs occupy almost the entire eastern half of the state. Geological Map It is represented by a sequence of splintery shale with minor mudstone, silstone, sandstone and limestone. The limestone has yielded typical Maestrichtian

71 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPO RT microfossils such as Globogerina and Globotruncana (foraminifers) thus indicating upper Cretaceous age. Certain foraminifers like Assilina sp. indicate middle Eocene age. Presence of some Tertiary Mollusca and Coraline Algae has also been recorded. The Disangs are overlained by the Barails which are Oligocene in age (about 36 Million years). It occupies central and western parts of Manipur. It is characterised by abundance of carbonaceous matters. The Barails are again succeeded on top by the Surma and the Tipam which occur in the western margin characterised respectively by argillaceous sequences. An ultrabasic belt is found on the eastern fringe of Manipur which is an intrusion into the Disang group and reflects the Ophiolite Zone. The belt is considered to extend towards Indonesia on the other. The geological framework of Manipur including Indo-Burma range along its eastern frontier is closely linked up with the evolution of Neogene Surma basin, Inner Palaeogene fold belt and Ophiolite suture zone. The ophiolite belt occurring along Indo-Myanmar border in Manipur, forms a part of Naga-Arakan Yoma flysch trough of Upper Cretaceous-Middle Miocene age. Geological data collected so far mainly relates to Ophiolite zone and adjoining terrain. A large part of the state is yet to be covered by systematic geological mapping. These are the main mineral-bearing areas which have already been covered. The study of the rock formations in and around ophiolite belt elucidates and helps in understanding the broad stratigraphy and structure of the whole terrain. Available information brings forth a geological picture depicting the spread of Tertiary rocks over the entire state with small patches of Quaternary sediments in the central part (e.g. Imphal valley) and a long narrow N- S trending ophiolite belt towards the eastern margin of the state. It, thus, emerges that geotectonically three distinct domains exist which are: (1) Neogene Surma basin, (2) Inner Palaeogene fold belt and (3) Ophiolite zone associated with Late Mesozoic-Tertiary sediments. Figure 29: GEOLOGICAL MAP OF MANIPUR

72 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPO RT

4.1.6 Soil The valley area of Imphal East district is fertile land and is mainly made up of alluvial soil of recent origin. The valley was once full of swamps and marshy lands, the important ones being Lamphelpat, Takyelpat, Sangaipat, Kakwapat, Poiroupat (pat means lake). The soil are mainly made up of shallow black, brown and alluvial soils which have been technically classified as Udalfs-Ochrepts and Orchrepts-Aquepts-Fluvents. The soil of Manipur are broadly classified as ferruginous red- soil, mountain and hill, ferruginous red-soil is poor in lime, potash and iron oxide and is also uniformly low in phosphorus contents. This type of soil is suitable for cultivation of paddy and a large variety of crop can be grown with irrigation. Manipur soil has been divided into six categories viz, alluvial soil peaty soil, late rite soil, red soil, ferruginous red soil and ferruginous gravelly soil. Methodology for Soil Testing pH Test pH Meter, direct reading type, with glass electrode and a calomel reference electrode, analytical balance, sensitive to 0.001 g, mortar with rubber covered pestle, the buffer solutions of pH 4.0, pH 7.0 and pH 9.2 for standardization of pH meter. Soil specimen: The soil sample received from the field is prepared in accordance with IS: 2720 - Part I (1972). All aggregations of particles are broken down and thoroughly mixed and a representative sub-sample is obtained by cone and quarter method. These sub-samples are sieved on a 425-micron sieve to obtain specimen samples for pH analysis.

73 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPO RT

30 g of the soil specimen prepared as per the above procedure is taken in a 100 ml beaker. 75 ml of distilled water is added to it. The suspension is stirred for a few seconds. The beaker is then covered with a cover glass and allowed to stand for one hour, with occasional stirring. It is again stirred well immediately before testing its pH with pH electrode. The pH value of the soil suspension is recorded to the nearest 0.1 pH units. Determination of total soluble solids A representative sample passing a 2 mm sieve is dried to constant weight in an oven at a temperature of 105-110C. From this sample about 10 g of soil is accurately weighed and transferred to a 250 ml glass bottle. 100 ml distilled water is added to it and the bottle is then stoppered and fitted in the shaker and shaken overnight (or at least 15 hours). The soil is then allowed to settle and the clear portion is decanted and later filtered through Whatman 42 paper. If the filtrate is not clear, the filtration is repeated under suction. 50 ml of clean filtrate is taken in a porcelain dish or glass dish and concentrated by evaporating in the water bath before drying in oven at 105C. The dish is allowed to cool and weighed. The percentage soluble solids in soil is calculated based on soil taken for analysis and reported to the nearest 0.01%. Grain size analysis (IS: 2720 (Part-IV) The set of sieves in the above sieve range are arranged and mounted on sieve shaker or shaken manually after placing known amount of soil sample. The cumulative weight of soil fraction retained on each sieve is calculated. The percentage of soil fraction retained on each size is calculated on the basis of the weight of the sample passing 4.75-mm sieve taken for the initial analysis. The combined gradation on the basis of the total soil sample taken for analysis is then calculated. The results of the grain size analysis are reported in a suitable tabular form. A grain size distribution curve is drawn on a semi-logarithmic chart, plotting particle size on the log scale against percentage finer than the corresponding size on the ordinary scale. Wet Chemical Test Barium Chloride, 10% is taken in a 500-mL beaker, weigh 50 ± 0.5 g of barium chloride. Adding the deionized water to the barium chloride until a total of 500 g of solution is reached. Then stir the solution. Once all the barium chloride has dissolved, the solution is transferred to an airtight container. Measure 2 mL of nitric acid in a 10-mL graduated cylinder, and measure 38 mL of deionized water in a 50-mL graduated cylinder. Combine the deionized water and nitric acid in a 200-mL tall-form beaker. Add a stirring magnet to the

74 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPO RT beaker and stir on a magnetic stirrer. Once the solution is thoroughly mixed, transfer into a drop-dispensing bottle. Weigh 50 ± 0.5 g of potassium chromate powder in a 250-mL beaker. Measure 100 mL of deionized water in a 100-mL graduated cylinder. Add the deionized water to the beaker with the potassium chromate. 12.3.4 Add a stirring magnet to the beaker and stir on a magnetic stirrer. Once all of the potassium chromate has dissolved, transfer the solution into a drop dispensing bottle. Once the solution is thoroughly mixed, add 10 drops of potassium chromate indicator to the solution. On a balance, weigh 17 ± 0.5 g of silver nitrate powder. In a graduated cylinder, measure 1 L of deionized water. Combine the silver nitrate and deionized water in a 1 L beaker. Add a stirring magnet and stir on a magnetic stirrer. Once all of the silver nitrate has dissolved, transfer the solution into a 1-L light protective storage bottle. Dry approximately 5 g of sodium chloride at 212°F (100°C) for at least 1 hr. Using an analytical balance, weigh 0.2 g of sodium chloride to the nearest 0.0005 g into a tared 200-mL tall-form beaker. In a graduated cylinder, measure 100 mL of deionized water. Add the deionized water to the beaker with the sodium chloride. Add a stirring magnet and stir on a magnetic stirrer. Fill a 50-mL burette with the silver nitrate solution and titrate the sodium chloride solution with the silver nitrate to the first colour change. Use the results from the titration to calculate the normality to at least 3 significant digits: N=W/((0.05844) V Where: N = normality of the silver nitrate solution W = mass of sodium chloride used for the titration, g V = volume of silver nitrate used for the titration, mL. Measure 5 mL of 1 N sodium hydroxide solution in a 10-mL graduated cylinder, and measure 35 mL of deionized water in a 50-mL graduated cylinder. Combine the deionized water and the sodium hydroxide in a 200-mL tall-form beaker. Add a stirring magnet to the beaker and stir on a magnetic stirrer. Once the solution is thoroughly mixed, transfer into a drop- dispensing bottle. CHLORIDE ION CONTENT Pipette 50 mL of the filtered sample into a 200-mL tall-form beaker. Using the pH meter or pH paper, add either dilute nitric acid or dilute sodium hydroxide to adjust the sample pH to between 8–9. Add 11 drops of potassium chromate indicator to the sample. Stir the solution until a solid yellow colour persists throughout the sample. Fill a 50-mL burette with the 0.1 N silver nitrate solution. Stir the solution with a magnetic stirrer. Add the silver nitrate drop by

75 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPO RT drop until a brick red colour persists throughout the sample. Record the amount of silver nitrate used. Determine the chloride ion concentration as Calculate chloride ion concentration: ppm Chloride=(3.5433 (10,000)NVA)/S ppm Where: N = normality of silver nitrate (AgNO3) V = volume of AgNO3, mL A = aliquot factor S = sample weight, g SULFATE ION CONTENT Pipette 50 mL of the filtered sample into a 250-mL beaker. Add 10 mL of concentrated hydrochloric acid to the sample. Heat the sample on a hot plate to near boiling. Add 25 mL of barium chloride solution and continue to heat the solution for 10 min. Remove the sample from the hot plate. Allow the sample to cool at room temperature for 15 min. Set up an Erlenmeyer flask and funnel with a No. 42 filter paper. Decant the solution through the No. 42 filter paper to catch the precipitate. Wash the precipitate with hot water until the washings are free of chlorides. Note 6—Test for chlorides by adding 1–2 drops of the filtrate to approximately 2 mL of the 0.1 N silver nitrate solution. Any turbidity indicates chlorides are present. Weigh a platinum crucible on an analytical balance. Record the mass to the nearest 0.0005 g. Carefully fold the filter paper with the precipitate and place in the crucible. Dry the crucible in a 212°F (100°C) oven for at least 1 hr. Set up the Meeker burner with gas and air. Adjust the gas and airflow to obtain a bright blue flame. Using heat-resistant tongs, slowly char the filter paper in the crucible to a white ash residue. Note 7—Be careful not to let any of the sample blow out of the crucible. Place the crucible with the residue into the muffle furnace at 1,472–2,012°F (800–1100°C) for 1 hr. Using heat-resistant tongs, remove the crucible from the muffle furnace. Place the crucible into a desiccator. Allow the crucible to cool to room temperature. Using an analytical balance, weigh the crucible to the nearest 0.0005 g. Determine the concentration of sulphate ions: Calculate sulphate ion concentration: ppm Sulphate = (41.15 (10,000) RA)/ S Where: R = residue weight, g A = aliquot factor S = sample weight, g. Table 29: SOIL DISTRIBUTION IN MANIPUR

Sl Soil Type District No. 1 Alluvial soil Bishnupur,Imphal West,Imphal East, Thoubal, Chandel 2 Peaty soil Bishnupur and Thoubal

76 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPO RT

Sl Soil Type District No. 3 Laterite soil Tamenglong, and Churachanpur 4 Red soil Jiribam 5 Ferruginous red Senapati ,Tamenglong and Churachanpur soil 6 Ferruginous red Ukhrul, Senapati and Chandel gravelly soil

77 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 V OLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

The type of soil present in the project stretch is provided below: California bearing ratio test Proctor GRAIN SIZE ANALYSIS Atterberg’s Limits in % (Remoulded at OMC & Compaction MDD)

Soil sample collected

Sl. No.

1970

Chainage

–

mm To mm

)

DFS in DFS %

in %

mm)

content

0.425mm) 0.001mm)

(2.0mm To

after 4 days

4dayssin %

Soaking in %

( 0.075(

Maximumdry

Fine Sand in %

density in gm/cc

Moisturecontent

Fine Gravel In % Silt &in Clay %

C.B.R Soaked for

Coarse Sand % In

Liquid In % Limit Plastic Limit In %

C.B.R Unsoaked in

Medium Sand In %

Optimum Optimum moisture

(0.425mm To 0.075

(20mm (20mm To 4.75mm )

Plasticity Index in %

(4.75mm (4.75mm To 2.00 mm per Group of as IS 1498 soil

28 108+00 km(L) 27.90 7.42 26.67 7.51 30.50 30 18 12 1.992 9.5 13.2 9.7 13.0 22 SC

29 112+00 km(R) 45.92 8.37 24.46 5.67 15.58 30 20 10 2.078 9.0 22.4 13.9 12.2 20 GC

78 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 V OLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Table 30: Soil Quality along Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Project Road Section

Direction Latitude, Sulphates Location / Chlorides Organic Total Soluble Sl No Longitude pH as SO4 Chainage (mg/g) Matter (%) Solids(mg/g) (mg/g) Jessami Left 25°37'6.56"N 1 6.64 5.18 2.2 4.16 38.6 (138/400) 94°32'25.20"E The analysis of the soil parameters are as discussed below: 1. The pH level in higher rainfall areas typically ranges from 5 to 7, the soil quality of the project road lies within the neutral range. 2. The range of sulphate for soil quality shall be studied as below:

Risk Involved Soluble Sulphate Concentration

Parts per million Mg/g

Low Risk <3000 >3

Moderate Risk 3000-5000 3-5

Moderate to High Risk 5000-8000 5-8

High to unacceptable risk >8000 >8

Unacceptable Risk >10000 >10 The sulphate cocentration of the project road lies in the moderate risk as per the standard parameter. 3. The chlorides concentraion as per standard should lie in between 0.01-7 mg/g 4. For an ideal soil the organic matter content shall vary from 2-3 percent. In the project stretch the organic content is found to be high.

79 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 V OLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Figure 30: Locations of Soil Parameter Testing 4.1.7 Land-Use Pattern An Area of 22,000 hectares of the district is under cultivation. Rice, Maize, Potato, Pulse, Cabbage, Leafy vegetable, chillies, Groundnuts etc. are the main agricultural products. Banana, sugarcane, fruits like lemon and orange are also planted. Plantation of cotton is also done for their domestic consumption. The road has 33.100 kms of built up stretch, 116.800 kms of forest area including remaining length of cultivation land. 4.1.8 Ambient Air Quality The ambient air quality with respect to the study area along the proposed road form baseline information. The area along the bypass road represents rural environment. Ambient air quality monitoring has been carried out with a frequency of two days per week at 2 locations. The parameters monitored were suspended particulate matter (SPM), respirable fraction and

80 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 V OLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

gaseous pollutants like Sulphur dioxide (SO2) and oxides of nitrogen (NOx). National air quality standards for rural and residential area, along the proposed ring road are always met for all the monitored parameters like SPM, RSPM, SO2, NOx and CO for all the AAQM stations. Methodology The methodologies for determination of the air Quality test has been provided in the appendices. Figure 31: PICTURES OF AIR QUALITY TEST

At Litan (25° 0'54.55"N, 94°18'37.53"E)

At Finch Corner (25° 0'56.44"N, 94°18'52.39"E)

81 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 V OLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

At Ukhrul (25° 5'4.42"N, 94°21'25.88"E)

At Yaingangpokpi (24°54'47.71"N, 94° 7'30.57"E)

Ambient air quality in the state is quite pure compared to other neighboring states. Except for few urban centres the ambient air quality is average. There are no major industrial activities in the project road. Dust arising from unpaved surfaces, forest fire, smoke charcoal production and domestic heating, vehicular pollution are sources of pollution in the region. Firewood burning is the major contributor in the ambient pollution load. Vehicular pollution and dust from the unpaved surface is mainly concentrated in the project road. Pollution from vehicles is mainly due to use of low-grade fuel, and poor maintenance of

82 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 V OLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

vehicles. The level of pollution in rural areas is much lower than that of the urban areas due to lower volume of traffic. The traffic density in the road is very low. The base-line status of the ambient air-quality was assessed using a scientifically designed ambient air-quality monitoring network. The design of this network was based on the following:  Meteorological conditions;  The assumed regional influences on Background air quality  The areas where impact would most Likely be greatest;  Present land use along the proposed Alignment; and  Traffic congestion points. To establish the baseline ambient air quality, Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) stations were set up at three locations as indicated in Table below. Table 31: Locations of Air Quality Monitoring Stations

Location Chainage Direction Latitude/ Name of the Type of Sl No. Code Longitude Locations area Left 25°37'6.56"N Jessami 1 AQ 5 138/400 Built-up 94°32'25.20"E

83 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 V OLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Figure 32: Locations of Air Quality Testing At each of the five locations monitoring was undertaken as per new notification issued by MoEF on 16th November 2009, in the month of May 2014. Data for the following parameters was collected.  Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM)  PM 10  PM 2.5

 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

 Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)  Carbon monoxide (CO)

84 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 V OLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

The sampling of SPM, PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx was undertaken on a 24-hourly basis while 8- hourly samples were collected for CO. SPM, PM10, PM2.5, SO2 & NOX, were monitored using M/s Envirotech Instruments Private Ltd; make Fine Particulate Sampler, Respirable Dust Sampler and gaseous sampler. Whatman GF/A filter papers were used for SPM & PM10, whereas, PTFE filter papers were used for monitoring PM2.5. Carbon monoxide (CO) carbon samples were monitored by using M/s Endee Engineers Pvt. Ltd. make gas detector model No. CO96 & GP - 200P respectively. Methodology adopted for sampling and analysis and instrument used for analysis in laboratory are presented in Table below. Table 32: Techniques Used for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Minimum Sl. Instrument Detection Parameter Technique No. Used level in µg/m3 Respirable Dust SPM & 1 Sampler RDS 1 PM-10 (Gravimetric method) Fine Particulate 2 PM-2.5 Sampler FPS 1 (Gravimetric method) Improved West & Gaseous 3 SO2 Gaeke 5 Sampler Method Jacob & Hochheiser Gaseous 4 NOX 5 modified (Na- Sampler Arsenite) 5 CO Gas Chromatograph CO meter 10 A summary of results for each location is presented in Table below. Figure below shows the graphically presentation of the existing air quality along the project road at three monitored locations. These results are compared with the new National Ambient Air Quality Standards prescribed by the MoEF for respective zones. Table 33: Summary of AAQM Results (Average Values)

Parameter and Values (μg/m3) Location PM- PM- SPM SO2 NOX CO 10 2.5 Standard for 100 100 60 80 80 4000 Sensitive

85 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 V OLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Parameter and Values (μg/m3) Location PM- PM- SPM SO2 NOX CO 10 2.5 Standard for 200 100 60 80 80 4000 Residential AQ5 86.2 54.0 15.6 11.5 BDL BDL It can be seen from the Table above that out of five locations of air monitoring the SPM concentration at every monitoring point is slightly higher than the standard for Sensitive area but well within the standard for residential area prescribed by MoEF. While all other observed parameters of the project area in not an issue. The National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) prescribed by MOEF. 4.1.9 Noise Levels The educational and health care institutions along the project corridor comprise sensitive receptors with respect to noise pollution. There are 13 schools and no hospitals within the proposed ROW. The hospitals and educational institutions along the road are: Table 34: LIST OF SCHOOLS ALONG THE COARRIDOR

Sl No Location LHS/RHS Details 13 138/000 LHS JNV Since the traffic volume on the project road is not much and the highway is generally passing through built-up section and agricultural fields, noise is a major problem at present. The noise level becomes significant near the built-up areas. Figure 33: PICTURES OF NOISE QUALITY TEST

At Yaingangpokpi (24°54'47.71"N, At Ukhrul (25° 5'4.42"N, 94° 7'30.57"E) 94°21'25.88"E)

86 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 V OLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

At Finch Corner (25° 0'56.44"N, 94°18'52.39"E)

Noise pollution is not a current problem in the region except in commercial location in urban areas where major settlements are along the road, and high traffic flow. During construction period, temporary increase in the noise levels are expected from the movement of construction machineries and construction activities. Suitable barriers and timely scheduling of construction activities will minimize these impacts. No secondary information was available on noise level in the project area. In order to establish the baseline noise quality in the project area, a reconnaissance survey was therefore undertaken to identify noise generating sources and sensitive receptor such as school, hospitals, temples, built-up areas. Three locations listed in Table were selected for monitoring the noise level.

87 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 V OLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Methodology: At each of the three locations, Sound Pressure Level (SPL) measurements were taken at an interval of 1 minute using a sound level meter of EI make Digital Sound Level Meter. At all these locations, daytime noise levels were monitored during the period 6 AM to 10 PM and night-time noise levels during the period 10 PM to 6 AM. Noise readings, with setting at ‘A’ response - slow mode, were recorded. The readings were tabulated and a frequency distribution table prepared from which 24 hourly, hourly, and Average Leq noise levels were calculated. Presentation of Results: It can be seen from the Table 37 that at locations (NL1, 2 & 3) along proposed alignment, the average day time noise level varies from 42.2 dB(A) to 54.6 dB(A), whereas average night time noise level ranges from 32.2 dB(A ) to 38.4 dB(A). It is found that the recorded noise level is marginally higher than the permissible limits for residential area prescribed by CPCB and also by World Bank EHS standards of 55 dB(A) and 45 dB(A) for day time and night time respectively. Night time noise level readings were taken upto 11 pm only as after 11 pm no traffic movements were observed. This noise is mainly from vehicular traffic and local domestic/commercial activities. Table 35: LOCATION OF NOISE LEVEL COLLECTION Sl Location Chainage (km) Latitude/Longitude Name of the No. Code Locations NL5 138/400 25°37'6.56"N Jessami 1 (Left) 94°32'25.20"E

88 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 V OLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Figure 34: Locations of Noise Testing Methodology: At each of the three locations, Sound Pressure Level (SPL) measurements were taken at an interval of 1 minute using a sound level meter of EI make Digital Sound Level Meter. At all these locations, daytime noise levels were monitored during the period 6 AM to 10 PM and night-time noise levels during the period 10 PM to 6 AM. Noise readings, with setting at ‘A’ response - slow mode, were recorded. The readings were tabulated and a frequency distribution table prepared from which 24 hourly, hourly, and Average Leq noise levels were calculated.

89 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 V OLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Presentation of Results: It can be seen from the Table below that at locations (NL1, 2 & 3) along proposed alignment, the average day time noise level varies from 42.2 dB(A) to 54.6 dB(A), whereas average night time noise level ranges from 32.2 dB(A ) to 38.4 dB(A). It is found that the recorded noise level is marginally higher than the permissible limits for residential area prescribed by CPCB and also by World Bank EHS standards of 55 dB(A) and 45 dB(A) for day time and night time respectively. Night time noise level readings were taken upto 11 pm only as after 11 pm no traffic movements were observed. This noise is mainly from vehicular traffic and local domestic/commercial activities. TABLE 36: AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL IN DECIBEL (A) ALONG THE PROJECT ROAD Sl Location Date of Observed Value No Sampling Leq (dB) at day time Leq (dB) at night time From (From 6 AM – 10 PM) (10PM – 6 AM) 5 NL-5 16.05.2018- 50.6 30.2 17.05.2018 Permissible limit as per Residential Commercial Industrial Silence Residential Commercial Industrial Silence CPCB Standard Area Area Area Zone Area Area Area Zone 55(Max) 65(Max) 75(Max) 50(Max) 45(Max) 55(Max) 70(Max) 40 (Max)

4.1.10 Ground Water Groundwater in the state is mostly exploited through open wells. As per reported by the Central Ground Water Board (CGWB), ground water in the deeper aquifers occurs under sub- artesian and artesian conditions. Granular zones are encountered at a depth of about 150 m in Imphal valley and at about 220 m in Jiribam valley. Tube wells have been installed at various places of the valley areas with the yields ranging from 0.6 to 4 cu.m/hr. On the basis of the monitoring of water level in key/dug wells network stations in the area, an annual recharge of 44 M.cu.m has been estimated. Considering the clayey nature of formation in the top aquifer, development of this resource is not considered promising on a large scale either in irrigation of water supply. Manipur valley is underlined by a thin veneer of alluvial deposits, which is largely clayey in nature, underlined by rocks of Tertiary age. Ground water occurs under un-confined and confined conditions. Since the upper formations are mainly silty and clayey, open wells have poor yield prospects. However the deeper zone, consisting of sand stones of Tertiary age, forms good aquifers which are under confined conditions, Auto flow conditions are observed in Imphal where the yield of the tube wells vary from 0.5 to 4 m3/hr.

90 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 V OLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Ground water is restricted to secondary porosity in joints, fissures, fractures and weathered residuum of consolidated and semi-consolidated rocks and inter-granular pore spaces of alluvial deposits in both the project districts in particular and in the state of Manipur as a whole. The semi-consolidated and consolidated rocks ranging in age from Pre-Mesozoic to Miocene forms the main hydro geological units of the area. The semi-consolidated formation, which covers almost the entire area, comprises shale, siltstone, sand stone and conglomerate. These formations belong to Disang, Barail, Surma and Tipam Group of rocks. Ground water extraction is practiced by the villagers along the project road corridor in particular and in project districts in general. 4.1.11 Surface Water The National Wetland Inventory and Assessment published by the Space Application Centre reported that Manipur has 15 major rivers / streams having 166.77 sq. km. of total area i.e. about 0.75 % of the total geographical area of the state. About 90% of the drinking water supply in urban area of the state is from the three major rivers namely Imphal River, Nambul River and Iril River. There are four major river basins of Manipur state – - the Barak River Basin (Barak Valley) to the west, - the Manipur River Basin in central Manipur, - the Yu River Basin in the east, and - a portion of the Liyai River Basin in the north. The National Wetland Atlas 2010, developed by Space Application Centre has identified 167 wetlands (≥ 2.25 Ha) and 541 wetlands (<2.25 Ha) covering 63,616 ha i.e. 2.85% of total geographic area under different types of wetlands like lake / pond (61.5%), river/steam (26.2%), waterlogged (5.5%) and aquaculture pond. Analysis of wetland status in terms of open water and aquatic vegetation showed (in table 6.1) that around 71 % of wetland area is under open water category during post monsoon and 62% during pre-monsoon respectively. Aquatic vegetation (floating/emergent) occupies around 26 % of wetland area during post monsoon and 37 % during pre-monsoon respectively. River System and Water Bodies of the Project Area Maklang and Tuyeng are the important rivers for Kasom Khullen and Kamjong Sub- division. The Thoubal river starts from the district and run through the Ukhrul North and Ukhrul central sub-divisions. It is the longest and biggest river in the district.Chammu and chingai rivers are running through Ukhrul North Sub-division. These rivers are not useful for

91 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 V OLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT transportation as the current of the rivers are very stong and wild during the rainy season and very thin during winter. They are useful for fishing and irrigation. Table 37: Water Bodies along the Project Road

Sl. No. Chainage Type Side 1. 105.23 Nala Crossing 2. 105.37 Nala Crossing 3. 105.85 Nala Crossing 4. 106.25 Nala Crossing 5. 106.8 Nala Crossing 6. 107.6 Nala Crossing 7. 107.7 Nala Crossing 8. 108.55 Nala Crossing 9. 112.05 Nala Crossing 10. 118.18 Nala Crossing 11. 118.24 Nala Crossing 12. 120.75 Nala Crossing 13. 121.19 Nala Crossing 14. 121.5 Nala Crossing 15. 122.75 Nala Crossing 16. 123.06 Nala Crossing 17. 127.4 Nala Crossing 18. 128.43 Nala Crossing 19. 1130.2 Nala Crossing 20. 132.75 Nala Crossing 21. 132.9 Nala Crossing 22. 133.58 Nala Crossing 23. 136.7 Nala Crossing 24. 137.3 Nala Crossing 25. 139.5 Nala Crossing 26. 140.2 Nala Crossing 27. 140.85 Nala Crossing 28. 144.22 Nala Crossing 29. 145.1 Nala Crossing 30. 145.35 Nala Crossing 31. 145.6 Nala Crossing

92 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 V OLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Sl. No. Chainage Type Side 32. 146.35 Nala Crossing 33. 146.6 Nala Crossing 4.1.12 Water Resources and Hydrology The state has vast water resources in the form of lakes, ponds, rivers and streams, some with marshy areas. It has abundant of water potential both ground as well as surface water. Important rivers that flows through the project region are the Nambul, the Ijei, the Bakua, the Irang, the Dingua, and the Iring.. The main river flowing in the Bishnupur District which will be transverse proposed alignment is Throngjarok River. Till now, the water of this river is not utilized for irrigation or power production. The EIA team also collected water from various small ponds and ground water from different sources exist along the project road. The Thoubal river starts from the district and run through the Ukhrul North and Ukhrul central sub-divisions. It is the longest and biggest river in the district. Chammu and chingai rivers are running through Ukhrul North Sub-division. Small streams are found in the valley portions of the project road. 4.1.13 Water Quality In order to establish baseline conditions, surface and groundwater samples were collected. The sampling locations were selected after the field reconnaissance and a review of all the water bodies/ resources in the project influence area. Samples were collected as per IS- 2488 (Part I-V). In order to represent the true profile of the project area, samples of ground and surface water of the area through which the project road runs were collected and analyzed. Ground water (drinking water) samples were analyses as per IS: 10500-2012. Grab sample were collected from water source and were analyzed for various parameters as per the procedures laid down in the APHA and BIS. Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer and UV/VIS Spectrophotometer were used for analysis of water samples according to the necessity. The results of the analyzed of these samples are presented in Table below. The results were compared with standards for drinking water quality It can be seen from Table that the pH of the sampled water in the region is well within permissible limits (6.5 – 8.5). Water Sampling Procedure (with reference to ISO 5667 Part 5) (A) Assessment of Sampling Location Please take note of the conditions of the environment, sampling taps and pipes at the sampling location. If the following situation(s) is/are encountered, DO NOT TAKE SAMPLES.

93 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 V OLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

1. Unsatisfactory environmental condition e.g. surroundings dusty, covered with debris, or poorly ventilated; 2. Leaking taps 3. Taps connected to anti-splash nozzles, rubber tubings or other accessories 4. Taps connected to heaters or water filters (that cannot be detached) 5. Taps with sand strainers that cannot be detached. (B) Sampling Method 1. Detach sand strainer or water filter from tap with appropriate tools 2. Check for the correct sample bottle and label. 3. Turn on cold water tap at maximum flow and start timing 4. Let water flow for 2 to 5 minutes depending on how often the tap is used (If the internal plumbing system has not been used for a long period of time, flush the system thoroughly before sampling) 5. After flushing, open cap of the sample bottle 6. Keep holding the sample bottle cap in one hand while sample is being collected to ensure it does not come into contact with anything to avoid contamination 7. Fill the sample bottle carefully to prevent overfill (Figure 1) 8. Carefully put the cap back on the sample bottle 9. The following should be noted during sampling: i. Never rinse the bottle; the sampling bottle shall be so held that the water does not come in contact with the hand before entering into the bottle ii. ii. Make sure that all samples are correctly labeled (sampling point, date and flushing time) iii. Reinstall tap sand strainer or water filter with tools iv. Store water samples in ice-boxes with freezer packs and deliver to laboratory on the same day. v. After Sampling follow the preservation procedure as per table given below. Sampling & Handling Requirement Parameter Container Minimu Sampl Preservatio Storage m e Type n Recommend Regulator Sample ed y size in ml DO G, BOD 300 G Analyze 0.25h 0.25h bottle immediatel y or

94 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 V OLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Parameter Container Minimu Sampl Preservatio Storage m e Type n Recommend Regulator Sample ed y size in ml Titration may be delayed after acidificatio n Salinity G, Wax seal 240 G Analyze 6 months N.R immediatel y or wax seal Silica PTFE/Quartz 200 G,C Refrigerate, 28d 28d do not Freeze Temperatu P,G 50 G Analyze 0.25h 0.25h re immediatel y Turbidity P,G 100 G,C Analyze 24h 48h same day, store in 24h refrigerate Nitrite P,G 200 G,C Analyze None 48h immediatel y Odour G 500 G Analyze 6h N.R immediatel y Oil & G, Wide 1000 G Add HCl or 28d 48d Grease mouth bottle H2SO4 to pH2 Phenol P,G, PTFE- 500 G,C Refrigerate -- 28d until lined cap or add extraction H2SO4 to pH2 Iron P,G 500 G,C Refrigerate 2d 2d or add H2SO4 to pH2 Analyze pH Plastic, Glass 50 Grab Immediatel NR NR y P, G Acidity 100 G Refrigerate 24 h 14d (Borosilicate) Alkalinity P, G 200 G Refrigerate 24 h 14d BOD G 1000 G,C Refrigerate 6h 48h

95 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 V OLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Parameter Container Minimu Sampl Preservatio Storage m e Type n Recommend Regulator Sample ed y size in ml Analyze immediatel Total y or add G(Borosilicat Organic 100 G,C HCL, 7d 28d e) Content H3PO4 or H2SO4 to PH2 Analyze immediatel COD P,G 50 G,C y or add H2SO4 to PH2 Not Chloride P,G 50 G,C N.R 28d Required Analyze Total P,G 500 G immediatel 0.25h 0.25h Chlorine y Analyze Residual P,G 500 G immediatel 0.25h 0.25h Chlorine y Colour P,G 500 G,C Refrigerate 48h 48h Conductivit P,G 500 G,C Refrigerate 28h 28h y Not Fluoride P 100 G,C 28d 28d Required Analyze Iodine P,G 500 G immediatel 0.25h N.R y Chromium G(A) 1000 G Refrigerate 24h 24h Chromium

VI Analyze Nitrogen P,G 500 G,C immediatel 7d 28d Ammonia y Figure 35: Water Sample Collection along Project Road

96 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 V OLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Litan (Lat: 24°57'15.52"N, Long: 94°12'3.74"E) Shangshak (Lat: 25° 1'54.47"N, Long: 94°18'59.73"E)

Jessami, Lat: 25°36'33.79"N, Long: 94°32'14.93"E Gwaltabi Lat: 24°55'1.07"N, Long: 94° 8'10.13"E TEST RESULT OF WATER SAMPLE (Source: 138/400(Jessami) , Lat: 25°36'33.79"N, Long: 94°32'14.93"E (Stream water))

Sl. Test parameters Observed test Method of test Requirement as per is 10500:2012 No. values adopted Desirable Limit Permissible limit A . PHYSICAL TEST IS 3025, 1 Appearance Not Clear IS 5401 ------2 Odour Agreeable (Part 2):2002 Agreeable Agreeable 3 Temperature(0C) 25.8 ------4 Total suspended Solid (mg/l) Nil ------5 Conductivity( µS) 315.6 ------6 pH 6.5 6.5 – 8.5 No Relaxation 7 Total Dissolved Solids(mg/l) 172.4 Max.500 Max.2000 8 Turbidity(NTU) 2.4 Max .1 Max.5 B. CHEMICAL TEST 9 Total Hardness as CaCo3(mg/l) 46.2 Max.200 Max.600 10 Calcium as Ca(mg/l) 18.6 Max.75 Max.200 11 Magnesium as Mg (mg/l) 6.7 Max.30 Max.100 12 Chloride as Cl(mg/l) 22.0 Max.250 Max.1000

13 Sulphate as SO4(mg/l) 8.5 Max.200 Max.400 14 Total Alkalinity(mg/l) 28.0 Max.200 Max.600 15 DO(mg/l) 5.2 ------16 BOD(mg/l) 2.4 ------17 Iron as Fe(mg/l) 0.24 Max.0.3 No Relaxation 18 Chromium as Cr6+(mg/l) BDL Max.0.05 No Relaxation 19 Silica (mg/l) 0.114 ------C. BACTERIOLOGICAL TEST 20 Total Coli form per 100ml in MPN 16 Shall not be detectable in any 100 ml sample

*MPN=Most Probable No., BDL= Below Detection Limit 4.2 ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 4.2.1 Terrestrial Ecology The East Imphal District has 173.000 km2 forest cover and Ukhrul District has 3549 km2 reserve forest cover. The project road of NH 202 does not come under forest area. The project

97 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 V OLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT road passes through three districts namely Ukhrul, Kamjong and Imphal Eest. The forest cover of these three districts is as shown in the figure:

Figure 36: FOREST MAP OF MANIPUR 4.2.2 Trees/Vegetation within corridor of impact The road alignment passes primarily through rich agricultural fields. A total of 2,92,141 trees require felling. Large number of trees/ plants of various species planted along the avenue and the realignment section. The Photo shows the typical plantation along the project road.

98 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 V OLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

4.2.3 Wildlife The State has rich wildlife and has long network of protected areas. In order to protect the rich flora and fauna of Manipur from the poacher, the Government has established parks and sanctuaries. The state’s protected area network comprises of five wildlife sanctuaries and two national parks. Recognizing the importance of this region as one of the hot spots, majority of the biodiversity rich areas of the state has been placed inside the protected area network system comprising mainly of the National Park and Sanctuary. In the State, conservation of wildlife is carried out in two categories as ex-situ conservation and in-situ conservation. Ex-Situ Conservation: The wildlife is located/ transported from their natural habitat to an area well protected from outside elements and preserved there. An example of this category is the Manipur Zoological Garden at Iroishemba, Orchid Preservation Centre at Khonghampat, Arboretum etc. In-Situ Conservation: Areas having adequate natural flora and fauna are declared as National Parks and Wildlife Sanctuaries. They are known as the Protected Areas Networks (PAN). The entry of human and cattle inside the area is strictly under control. No dead, dying or diseased plants can be removed from such areas. The examples of this category are the Keibul Lamjao National Park and Yangoupokpi Lokchao Wildlife Sanctuary. The details of sites are given in Table below. Figure below show the protected area map of the Manipur. The total area under the protected area network is 1 percent of total geographical area of state and that of under national parks is 0.2 percent. Table 38: PROTECTED AREA NETWORK IN MANIPUR

99 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 V OLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Sl. Protected Area Location (District) Area in sq.km A. In-situ Conservation Sites 1 Keibul Lamjao National Park Keibul Lamjao (Bishnupur Dist.) 40.00 2 Yangoupokpi Lokchao Wildlife Lokchao (Chandel Dist.) 184.80 Sanctuary 3 Shiroi Hill National Park Ukhrul (Ukhrul Dist.) 41.00 4 Kailam Wildlife Sanctuary Churachandpur Dist. 187.50 5 Jiri-Makru Wildlife Sanctuary Tamenglong Dist. 198.00 6. Bunning Wildlife Sanctuary Tamenglong Dist. 115.80 7. Zeliad Wildlife Sanctuary Tamenglong 21.00 B. Ex-site Conservation Sites 1 Manipur Zoological Garden Iroisemba, Imphal West 0.08 2 2nd Home SANGAI Iroisemba, Imphal West 0.60 Source: Statistical Booklet of Manipur Forest (2008-2009), Wildlife Wing, Forest Department, Government of Manipur In the state, in spite of its rich vegetation, due to the absence of any forest worth the name within the district wild animals are not found abundantly, Deer and Jungle fowl are some of the varieties found at present occasionally along the slope of eastern hills adjoining the district. But the lakes support a variety of wild birds such as partridge, snipe, duck, geese, etc. particularly in winter months. These birds are mostly migratory in character. Some of them are seen coming from far off Siberia. With the gradual conversation of the lakes into agricultural lands these migratory birds are seen in increasingly fewer members in recent times. No national Park or sanctuary is found in this stretch.

100

PUBLIC INTERACTIONS

5.1 GENERAL As a part of the project preparation and to ensure that the community support is obtained and the project supports the felt needs of the people; public consultations were carried out as an integral component. A continuous involvement of the stakeholders and the affected community was obtained. The feedback in the consultation sessions has led to substantial inputs for the project preparation – including, influencing designs. Consultations involve soliciting people’s views on proposed actions and engaging them in a dialogue. It is a two- way information flow, from project authorities to people and, from people to project authorities. While decision making authority would be retained by the project authority, interaction with people and eliciting feedback allows affected populations to influence the decision making process by raising issues that should be considered in designing, mitigation, monitoring and management plans and the analysis of alternatives. This chapter documents the issues that are close to the community, their aspirations and their addressal by the project. Information source for the chapter has been the similar documentation as part of the RAP, with the social team conducting these sessions. The objectives of consultation sessions, the procedure adopted and the outputs of the consultation conducted have been briefly described in the following sections. 5.2 STAKEHOLDERS IN THE PROJECT Consultations with various stakeholders were carried out during various phases of project preparation. The stakeholders in the project are both primary and secondary. The primary stakeholders are project displaced persons (DPs), project beneficiaries, Executing Agency, Implementing Agency especially the officials in NHIDCL (PIU). The secondary stakeholder includes district magistrates and the revenue officials village heads, head of Gram Panchayat, village administrative officers, village council, district council, NGO and business communities in the area. 5.3 PUBLIC CONSULTATION IN THE PROJECT Public consultations were arranged at the stage of subproject preparation to ensure peoples’ participation in the planning phase of this subproject and to treat public consultation and participation as a continuous two way process beneficial in project planning and implementation.

102 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

5.4 OBJECTIVES The primary objective of the public consultation meetings are to minimize the negative impacts and enhance the positive impacts of the development of project. The objectives are as follows:  Promote public awareness and improve understanding of the potential impacts of proposed projects;  Identify alternative sites or designs, and mitigation measures;  Solicit the views of affected communities / individuals on environmental and social problems;  Improve environmental and social soundness;  Clarify values and trade-offs associated with the different alternatives;  Identify contentious local issues which might jeopardise the implementation of the project;  Establish transparent procedures for carrying out proposed works;  Inform the affected populace about the entitlement framework and to settle problems with mutual consent; and  Create accountability and sense of local ownership during project implementation. 5.5 CONSULTATION SESSIONS Consultations were done using various tools including, interviews with government officials, questionnaire-based information with stakeholders etc. The public consultation carried out during the Environment impact Assessment stages of the project has been summarised. The extent or the likely level of adverse impacts was one of the major criteria in deciding locations for public consultation sessions. A listing of the various consultation sessions conducted at different locations along the entire project corridor is presented in below. Table 39: PUBLIC CONSULTATION GROUPS

Level Type Key participants Individual Local level consultation Local people Village Focus group Discussion Women, truckers, weaker sections, agriculturist, School teachers Institutional Stake holder Discussion Line Departments The institutional level consultations were held with representatives of institutions having stakes in implementation of the project. The institutions contacted included State Forest Department, State Pollution Control Board etc. In addition to this, officials from other

103 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT departments were also contacted on several occasions. The inputs noted during the discussions have been incorporated in this report. 5.6 CONSULTATION DURING DESIGN: Consultations were carried out at the design stages to identify:  Location specific social and environmental issues to be addressed through designs;  Socio-economic profile of community along the project route;  Extent of likely social and environmental impact due to the project;  Expectations and reservations of people towards project; and  Resettlement and rehabilitation options Table 40: PUBLIC CONSULTATION REPORT

Sl Settlement Place Issues/ Mitigation measures no Concern 1 Yaingangpokpi Road side  Submergence  Road raised shop  Congestion in above HFL 2 Litan Road side junctions  CD structures shop  LA & RR provided for 3 Hungpung, Community issues proper drainage Ukhrul Hall  Impact on  VUPs provided in 4 Shirui Road side structures major shop  Safety during intersections 5 Kharasom Road side construction  2 lane with paved shop  Health issues shoulder cross 6 Jessami Market  Location of section provided labour camps to mitigate  Employment congestion opportunities  R&R as per NH  Noise and air guidelines pollution  Labour camps to  Other general be located away issues from settlements  Contractor shall follow the measures given in EMP  Employment opportunities during construction and operation stage. 5.7 IDENTIFICATION OF ISSUES: Issues raised during consultations have been elaborated below. Both specific issues of villages and common issues raised by the villagers have been described. Based on the

104 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT community consultation the key environmental, health, safety and social issues identified were:  Air Quality & Noise levels  Water pollution, water scarcity in non-monsoon months, construction water requirements  Roadside trees, tree plantation  Health issues, such as water borne diseases / HIV / STD  Possession of skills and the training needs  Employment opportunity during civil works  Location of labour camp and hot mix plant sites  Safety issues  Involvement of PAPs in Rehabilitation and Resettlement Plans & Resettlement Options  Impact on property and land acquisition  Enhancement of common property resources  Extension of Government Welfare schemes 5.8 ADDRESSALS OF GENERAL ISSUES AND CONCERNS: The addressals of issues under the project are: Table 41: PUBLIC CONSULTATION ADDRESSAL

Issues/ Concern Addressal under the project Dust and Air  Plantation of trees and shrubs along the highway and on Pollution median  Turfing on earthen slopes and earthen shoulders  Water spraying to be adopted near the crushers during construction stage. Increased noise  Provision of Noise attenuating wall near sensitive receptors levels  No-horns signage near schools, colleges and hospitals  Tree plantation and development of green belts along the project corridor abutting settlements to attenuate traffic noise Traffic  Improvement of intersections congestion  Road widening itself will be a major factor to avoid traffic jams Water Logging  The road sections are prone to small stream and water falls in and Slugging the most of the stretch. So, proper cross drainage with continuous side drains have been proposed to avoid water logging Road safety  Road markings as required

105 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Issues/ Concern Addressal under the project  Proper highway signals provided  Widening of culverts and bridges to avoid accidents  Grade level pedestrian crossing

 Proper lighting at accident prone locations Cultural  Care has been taken to preserve sites of cultural heritage as far properties as possible.

 Where unavoidable the religious structures within ROW to be relocated only after consultation with local community. Fauna and  Tree clearing within ROW has been avoided beyond what is Flora directly required for construction activities and or to reduce accidents  Compensatory afforestation would be done as per the directives of the forest department. Roadside  Raising of the road in the submerged sections drainage  Locations of structures based on drainage analysis  Provision of proper drainage scheme for the settlements Employment  Locals will be preferred for employment during the project option implementation Vulnerable  Special provisions have been made in the entitlement groups framework for assisting vulnerable groups to improve their quality of life. Loss of  The PAPs will be compensated as per National R&R policy livelihood  RAP to detail out the assistance programme to the needy 4.7 Key findings of the consultation Major findings related to key issues such as general perception about the project; suggestions to mitigate hardships resulting from dislocation and loss of livelihood are presented below:  PAPs showed concern about the acquisition of structures  They were not clear about the mode of compensation  They did not want elaborate felling of trees present along the road  People wanted concentric widening of the road in the settlement sections.  People requested about creation of employment opportunities during road construction and later phases of the project  Some of them asked about the tender process for the construction, as they were willing to be part of it  People suggested that adequate safety measures should be provided such as speed breakers, signage’s etc. near the settlement area. In brief, it was felt during consultation that regular meeting with the local population / community could easily

106 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

resolve any dispute between the community people and implementing agency settlements  The RAP shall address the social issues brought to the fore during the public consultations  The EMP – both generic and specific has been designed to address environmental related issues 4.7 Public hearing: As per the guidelines of New EIA Notification 2009, “Public Consultation” refers to the process by which the concerns host population and others who have plausible stake in the environmental impacts of the project or activity are ascertained with a view to taking into account all the material concerns in the project or activity design as appropriate. Public consultation process comprises of two parts, viz Public Hearing and written response from stakeholders. The EIA Notification has arranged the Public Hearing procedure in a systematic, time bound and transparent manner ensuring widest possible public participation at the project site(s) or in its close proximity District wise, by the concerned State Pollution Control Board (SPCB).The EIA report there after submitted to the State Pollution Control Board along with other relevant documents and additional studies.

107

POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

6.1 INTRODUCTION As described earlier roads act as the back bone of economy of areas through which they pass and have a positive impact on the socio-economic condition and quality of life of the people living in the area. However, because of the symbiotic relationship between the environment and development, both positive and negative and reversible and irreversible impacts are observed in any road development project. This chapter assesses the nature, type and magnitude of the potential impacts likely on the various relevant physical, biological and cultural environmental components along the project corridor. For the assessment of impacts, the baseline information based on the field visits and the primary surveys of the various environmental components carried out. A proposed road development project can have impacts in five specific situations as follows: • Impacts of location, • Impacts during project design, • Impacts during pre-construction stage, • Impacts during construction stage, and • Impacts when the road becomes operational. Likely impacts under each category are presented in the following sections. 6.2 IMPACTS OF LOCATION With the proposal of up-gradation to new national highway the commuters from semi-urban area will be at a benefit of accessing the national highway easily. The road has been widened to two lane divided carriageway in order to reduce congestion and avoid accident spots. The median bifurcates the opposite directional traffic. The sharp curves have been improved to avoid accident prone locations. The junctions have been developed with at grade intersections with greater turning radius to avoid congestion at the junctions.

109 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

6.3 General Impacts on Environment: Table 42: IMPACT OF ENVIRONMENT DURING THE DEVELOPMENT PROCESS

Sl. Activities Wate Nois Type of Impact Soil Topography No. r e Flor Faun Air Drainage a a 1. Labour camp activities -ve/t 2. Quarrying -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/p 3. Material transport and storage -ve/t -ve/t 4. Drilling, blasting and hill cutting -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t 5. Earthwork -ve/p -ve/t -ve/t 6. Pavement works -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/p 7. Use of construction equipments -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t 8. Plantation -ve/p -ve/p -ve/p 9. Drainage work -ve/p 10. Culvert and bridge construction -ve/t -ve/t -ve/p 11. Stripping of top soil -ve/p 12. Debris generation -ve/t -ve/t 13. Oil and grease -ve/t 14. Construction in forest and -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/p -ve/p -ve/p sensitive areas Identification and assessment of the potential environmental impacts are based on secondary information supplemented by field visits. Positive Environmental Impacts due to improvement of subproject road sections The positive impacts expected from the improvement of the Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border (NH 202) road section includes:  reduction in travel time and lower vehicle operating cost will reduce fuel consumption and emissions of pollutants,  enhance the trade and commerce between inter district and inter state, and

110 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

 provide better access to tourist attraction places. Adverse Environmental Impacts due to improvement of subproject road sections The adverse environmental impacts anticipated from the improvement of the project road section are:  Cutting of trees that falls within formation width i.e. 8-24 m may reduce the ecological balance of the area and also increase soil erosion problem.  Noise, air and water pollution and disposal of construction waste, during construction, will adversely impact both local residents. These latter effects should, however, only be temporary/reversible.  A number of quarries and other sources will be established which will change the landscape. However, the operation of quarries is an independent and already regulated activity. Adverse impacts on water quality of rivers/ streams crossing the project road in the form of silt deposition and runoff during construction are expected. However, this is short term and will be taken care of by controlled construction activities.  Improvement on existing road and construction of bridges, although limited, may enhance soil erosion, landslips and reduce the micro-level ecological balance of the area. Construction may also disturb the habitation of fauna living in this area.  These should, however, be only temporary/reversible effects. The improvement will also require the cutting of about 2,92,141 trees.  Minor impacts of noise and air quality for those now living and workings close to the project road (mainly at Yainagangpokpi, Litan, Hungpung, Shirui, Nungbi Khullem, Kharasom and Jessami) will deteriorate during the construction period and afterwards during operation. Impacts Related to Project Location, Preliminary Planning and Design  Land Acquisition and Loss of Productive Land Since the subproject involves widening of existing road to 4/2-lane carriageway configuration this will require acquisition of about 468.755 hectare of land for road right of way (20-24 m in hill terrain) including Muck Area. Although land acquisition requirement has been kept to minimum level, it will have impacts on topography and change in land use in the region. Loss of agriculture land and productive soil is also anticipated due to additional land acquisition. To minimize land acquisition and soil productivity, the following mitigation measures have been /will be adopted during the detailed design and construction stage of the project:  Alignment will be adjusted to avoid and minimize acquisition  Topsoil management during construction.

111 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

 Forest Clearing and Tree Felling Since the project road passes through hilly terrain with very few length in plain terrain of the project. Few stretch road passes through National Park area. Adverse impacts due to diversion of about 90.164 hectares of forest land are anticipated. Also land clearing will involve cutting of about 2,92,141 trees. Problem of soil erosion is expected in some locations. To minimize loss of trees, the following mitigation measures have been /will be adopted during the detailed design and construction stage of the project: . Widening proposal considered option with minimal tree cutting. . Widening is restricted to minimum width in the length passing through forest areas. . Adequate measures are included in the design to minimize any unforeseen impacts on flora and fauna in the forest areas. . Land stabilization measures were included in identified areas prone to erosion. . Strictly enforce the environmental conditions put as part of the environmental clearance by the MoEFCC and SPCB. . Adopting Environmental Friendly Road Construction (EFRC) methods. The improvement of the proposed road is largely confined on the existing alignment. At some locations, improvements to the geometry may involve cutting, filling, and the need to cut vegetation along most of the project road length. This will have more significant impact and this matter is discussed in the sections which follow.  Borrow Pits and Quarries Operation There is a need to establish construction camps and related facilities, such as borrow pits and quarries. These must be located in environmentally sound and socially safe areas. It is expected that construction materials for the road works will be mined mostly from approved quarries. Aggregates will be sources from approved quarry of Kanglatongbi at a distance of 190 km from the starting chainage of the project road. Borrow materials have not been considered as the muck generated from the hill cutting are sufficient for the construction of embankment and subgrade of the project road.

112 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

FIGURE 37: APPROVED QUARRY SITES FOR PROJECT ROADS  In case of protected areas/ reserve forest areas, construction facilities such as temporary workers camp, hot mix plants, and concrete batching plant and stone crushers should not be established in stretches that passes through reserve / protected forests and also away from degraded air shed. Local forest department/ village forest management committees should be consulted before locating these temporary project facilities;  Construction camps for labourers should be located at least 500 m away from settlements and 1 km away from forest/protected areas;  Living accommodation and ancillary facilities should be erected and maintained to standards and scales approved by the Engineer-in-Charge; and  Toilets and urinals should be provided in accessible places away from the asphalt plant and mixing yard.  Cultural Heritage There are no adverse impacts anticipated on historical places/monuments in the project stretch. Earthworks, as associated with the road construction/improvement works, or deriving from secondary sites such as quarries or borrow pits, may reveal sites or artefacts of cultural/archaeological significance. In the event of such discovery, the concerned authorities should be informed and the requirement to take such action should be incorporated in contract documents. 6.4 IMPACTS DURING PROJECT DESIGN No major impacts on environment of the project area during design of the project. The following field surveys had been carried out without major interference: • Topographic surveys have been carried out without disruption to local people

113 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

• Pavement surveys and Geotechnical surveys have been carried out in small localized area, and • Air, noise and water sampling has been carried out without disturbance to the local community. Hence no adverse impacts during project design activities on the environment had occurred during this stage. 6.5 PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT: The Project Highway is located in a tropical region with marked monsoon effects. Though no change in the macro-climatic setting (precipitation, temperature and wind) is envisaged due to the project, the microclimate is likely to be temporarily modified by vegetation removal and the addition of increased pavement surface. There will be an increase in daytime temperature on the road surface and soil due to loss of shade and big trees, which in turn might lead to formation of heat islands especially along the inhabited sections. In addition, the removal of trees will increase the amount of direct sunlight resulting in higher temperatures along the highway. This increase in the daytime temperature assumes significance especially to the slow moving traffic, the pedestrians and the first row of residences / receptors along the corridor, as the entire project stretch experiences temperatures as high as 30°C during summers. The impact will be felt more by the slow moving traffic and pedestrians along the project road. Although the impact shall be significant and long term in nature, it is reversible in nature and shall be compensated for by additional plantation of trees. It must be noted that the impact is unavoidable. However, it may be pointed out that the project has taken care to minimise tree felling in the ROW and planting of trees along the road. 6.5.1 Preconstruction Phase Impacts during the preconstruction phase primarily relate to preconstruction activities such as the following: 6.5.1.1 Acquisition of new Right of Way Up gradation to a 2 lane road with paved shoulders without service road will require additional land. This will result in diversion of land from its current use. 6.5.1.2 Impacts of Site clearance activities • Site clearance will lead to removal and loss of trees present within the proposed RoW. • Shifting of utilities during this operation will lead to inconvenience and adversely affect the safety of road users and local population. • Temporary noise and dust pollution are anticipated during site clearance stage, wherein structures and impediments within the proposed RoW will be demolished and removed.

114 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

• Significant quantities of debris will be generated from removal of structures, shrubs, tree stumps, earth, etc. during site clearance of the proposed RoW. Impacts on human welfare: Construction at settlement stretches is likely to cause temporary adverse impacts on the road side communities. Impacts include nuisance on account of air, noise and vibration impacts during road construction, hindrance of access to road side properties during shifting of utilities and construction of road side drains and road safety issues from construction materials and equipment. Wildlife impacts: Though presence of endangered wildlife has not been reported in the forest stretches alongside the road. Pollution impacts: Construction close to major cross drainage structures may lead to runoff of silt and pollutants into the drainage channels thereby adversely affecting aquatic life and health of downstream water users. Generation of air and dust pollution due to operation of heavy vehicles and movement of machineries and equipment for material handling, earth moving, laying of sands, metal, stones, asphalt etc. are anticipated. Ecological impacts: Loss of productive top soil through improper storage, erosion and compaction by construction equipment may result during this phase. Impacts on water resources: A number of small and medium size ponds exist within the PRoW along the existing road and bypasses. The construction activity shall require filling up those water bodies partially or fully. Reduction of the area of these surface water bodies will be a moderate long-term negative irreversible impact. 6.5.2.2 Impacts at plant site  Pollution impacts: Generation of toxic exhaust gases as a result of asphalt manufacturing and hot mix plants adversely affects the workers as well as nearby settlements situated downwind of the plant site. Asphalt and oil from vehicle maintenance areas pose a risk of water pollution to local surface and ground water resources. 6.5.2.3 Impacts at borrow and quarry sites  Health impacts: Borrow pits/quarries are generally located along the road corridors. Soil with gravel (morrum) occurs extensively along the project corridor within reasonable lead distances. However, after lifting these construction materials, if borrow and quarry areas are not restored then water accumulation in these pits may encourage breeding of disease carrying vectors such as mosquitoes.  Pollution impacts: Haul roads to borrow and quarry sites are generally earthen roads. Constant movement of truck traffic on these roads during construction will lead to temporary nuisance of dust and noise pollution. Local population and crops grown along such roads are

115 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

likely to be adversely affected. Crusher operations at the quarry locations to generate significant amount of dust and noise. Vibrations and noise due to blasting operations are a nuisance to the nearby habitations;  Safety impacts: There is danger of flying debris from the blasting if quarries are close to habitations, agricultural fields or cattle grazing grounds 6.5.2.4 Construction workers colony • Health impacts: Sewage and domestic solid waste is generated at the construction workers colony. Improper management of these wastes may lead to health and hygiene related problems among the construction workers and the local population. • Impacts on human welfare: Competition for natural resources such as fuel wood, fodder, water etc. may lead to conflict between the construction workers and the local population. 6.5.2 Construction Phase Permits and Clearances As a requirement of Environmental Impact Assessment Notification, 2006, by Government of India, any development activities should not be taken in any part of the Country unless it has granted environmental clearance by the Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change, Government of India. Highways are classified as one of the project, listed in said notification, which require prior clearance. However, an amendment to this notification clarifies, that the highway improvement projects are excluded from purview of this notification. Some of the relevant applicable sections are: • As per provisions of the EIA Notification 2006 (amended in 2009, 2011 and 2013), all national highway expansion projects that are longer than 100 km and involve additional right of way or land acquisition greater than 40m on existing alignment and 60m on realignment or bypass fall under category A and require environmental clearance from MoEFCC at the central level. Since the total length of the subproject road section on Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border National Highway (NH 202) is more than 100 km (33.36 km), it falls under the purview of EIA notification. Therefore Environmental Clearance from MoEFCC is required for this subproject. • As per the Forest Conservation Rules (1981, amended 2003) a forestry clearance from Department of Forests is required for diversion of forest land for non-forest purpose. Processing of the forestry clearance entails two stages: Stage I and Stage II. Amongst other requirements stage I clearance requires the applicant to make payments for compensation of forestry land that will be acquired and trees that will be cut under the project. Accordingly

116 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

timely allocation of budget for this purpose by the applicant is necessary to expedite the clearance process. The project road totally comes under forest section except of 1.3 km at the start. Also some areas along the subproject road are declared as proposed reserve forest areas and it does require diversion of forest land. Therefore forest clearance is required as per Government of India requirements. • Cutting of trees in non-forest land require a tree cutting permit from the local forestry department. All trees cut under a project must be compensated by compensatory afforestation as required by the State Forest Department. • As per Office Memorandum (OM) issued by MoEFCC on 19 March 2013 the grant of environmental clearance for linear projects including roads has been delinked from the forestry clearance procedure. Hence, after receipt of environmental clearance construction works may commence on sections/parts of a linear project that do not require forestry clearance. Construction works may commence on sections requiring forestry clearance only after receipt of the respective clearance. • Placement of hot-mix plants, quarrying and crushers, batch mixing plants, discharge of sewage from construction camps requires No Objection Certificate (Consent to Establish and Consent to Operate) from State Pollution Control Board prior to establishment. • Permission from Central Ground Water Authority is required for extracting ground water for construction purposes, from areas declared as critical or semi critical from ground water potential prospective by them. Any felling of trees requires forestry clearance and appropriate permits. The procedures necessary to obtain such permits will require liaison with local territorial forestry offices and their head office in Imphal. Joint verification and making of trees to be cut is being carried out jointly with divisional forest departments of districts involved. No clearance is required for the use of surface sand and stone from the river banks as for commercial purposes they can only be purchased in an open auction carried out by the forestry office. It is imperative that all necessary clearances and permits be obtained before commencement of work. Blasting will be required only in hilly sections Physical Environment a. Topography, Geology and Soil During the improvement works for the road section, the cutting of slope, filling, the cutting of trees, stone quarrying, and construction of structures, the micro-level topography may change. With proper planning, these topographical impacts can be kept within acceptable limits and sometimes even used to enhance local aesthetics. Any negative impacts on topography (existing

117 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT or new), particularly soil erosion due to a lack of drainage facilities, will be minimised with the provision of proper drainage facilities such as culverts, causeways etc. The terrain and geological conditions of area are such that, even with reasonable care exercised during final design, during construction the interaction between proposed road features and existing land features may reveal/result in significant land instabilities. During the construction phase following restrictions should be imposed:  existing vegetation including shrubs and grasses along the road (except within the strip directly under embankments or cuttings) should be properly maintained;  sites for quarrying, borrowing and disposal of spoils are to be confirmed according to the applicable laws and regulations in the state and the practices followed in recent/ongoing internationally funded road projects should be continued;  controlled and environmentally friendly quarrying techniques should be applied to minimise erosions and landslides;  provide adequate safety measures (personal protective equipments such as eye protectors, ear plugs, safety helmets) for workers as well as safety installations at work sites for local public;  blasting should not be carried out during busy periods; and  cut material should be disposed of in suitable depressions. It is also important to:  maintain adequate vegetative cover above and below the road;  maintain the natural course of water bodies (that is as far as possible) and avoid throwing debris into stream courses;  construct proper drainage structures to avoid erosion; and  minimise the construction of hair-pin bends that are close to each other: as this often adds to instability. Given the existence of high slope and high rainfall in almost entire project area and weak geology in some areas, it is inevitable that some sites will face problems of erosion, mostly debris slides. b. Erosion, Silt Run-Off and Landslides Contraction work at most of the section of the project road will be virtually through high embankment. Much of areas in this section are geologically young, resulting in soft/fragile substratas. Another complicating factor is the high monsoon rainfall throughout most parts of the subproject road. These factors mean that project area conditions are amongst the most difficult in the region for road construction. Overtopping during monsoon seasons and inadequate drainage are major problems and are associated with all types of road construction.

118 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT c. Surface and Ground Water, Drainage and Hydrology Given the presence of rivers and streams in the project area and some of them crossing and /or running parallel to project road; improvement of road may result in disruptions to the natural hydrology and water mismanagement and lead to further problems of soil erosion. The natural courses of rivers/streams will be maintained. Appropriate temporary diversions of streams will be made and brought back to their natural course as soon works are completed in that section. No disposal of construction debris in streams and rivers is allowed. Specific measures will be taken by contractor during construction. Quality of the river water quality will be monitored prior to start of the construction work to establish baseline in rivers/streams along the project road. Streams/Jharas along the project roads will also be protected during construction period. Minor impacts on water resources are expected during the construction phase. The rehabilitation of existing bridges may also cause soil erosion and turbidity in downstream water bodies. To mitigate this, river-bank slope stabilities will be monitored and, if necessary, appropriate remedial measures applied throughout the construction period. Construction work at bridges during rainy season will be minimized to avoid erosion and sedimentation. The likely impacts of surface water movements are changes in the natural drainage systems, downstream scour, and erosion due to constriction in flows. If suspended solid concentrations in the water are affected, this could also affect aquatic river ecology. To mitigate these impacts the following measures should be implemented:  chemicals and oils are stored in secure, impermeable containers, and disposed of well away from surface waters;  follow World Bank Group EHS Guidelines including 110% bund capacity for storage of fuel, oil, chemical etc.;  no vehicle cleaning activity is allowed within 300 m of water bodies/ drains;  construction camps are equipped with sanitary latrines that do not pollute surface waters;  the work on bridges and culverts is limited to dry seasons, when many of the smaller streams will have low water - water diversion works can be minimised and the original course restored immediately after the work has been completed;  drivers are made aware of diversions and other works at bridge construction site to avoid accidents;  drainage structures are properly designed to accommodate forecast discharges;  side drain waters must be discharged at every available stream crossing to minimize volume and prevent erosion at discharge point;

119 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

 provide lined drainage structures;  where an increased discharge of surface water endangers the stability of the water outlet, erosion protection measures such as bioengineering measures, ripraps, and check dams are incorporated;  in areas with high water tables, seepage may occur and side drains and up-slope catch drains must always been lined to avoid percolation; and  all debris and vegetation, clogging culverts are regularly cleared. Ground water pollution is not envisaged in this subproject. However ground water must not be used for drinking purpose given the high level of BOD in the water quality. e. Air Quality During construction air quality may be degraded for short periods due to (i) the exhaust emissions from the operation of construction machinery; (ii) fugitive emissions from brick, concrete, and asphalt plants; (iii) the dust generated from the haulage of materials, exposed soils and material stockpiles; (iv) cutting and filling of hill slope; (v) cleaning of the road; (vi) material loading; (vii) unloading; and (viii) blasting activities. The impact is expected to be localised, temporary and confined to construction areas. Adverse air quality impacts during construction are likely to result from three main sources; (i) emissions from construction equipment, including delivery trucks; (ii) fugitive dust from earth- moving operations and demolition; and (iii) localised increased traffic congestion in construction areas. The adverse impacts on air quality during construction stage were classified and presented in Table below. There are two types of pollution i.e. dust pollution and pollution from harmful gases. Table 43: IMPACT ON AIR QUALITY DURING CONSTRUCTION STAGE

Sl. No. Impact Source 1. Generation of Cutting of slopes towards hillsides Transportation and Dust (SPM) tipping of cut material -while the former will occur over the entire stretch between the cutting location and disposal site, the latter is more location specific and more intense; Blasting operations; Activation of landslides and rock falls etc.; Transportation of raw materials from quarries and borrow sites; Stone crushing, handling and storage of aggregates in asphalt plants; Site levelling, clearing of trees, laying of asphalt, construction of bridges; Concrete batching plants; Asphalt mix plants – due to the mixing of aggregates with bitumen; and Construction of structures and allied activities 2. Generation of Hot mix plants; Large construction equipment, trucks and polluting gases asphalt producing and paving equipment; The movement of including SO2, heavy machinery, oil tankers etc. on steep slopes will cause NOx and HC much higher emissions of gases; Toxic gases released through the heating process during bitumen production; and

120 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Sl. No. Impact Source Inadequate vehicle maintenance and the use of adulterated fuel in vehicles.

On the project road section of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border highway, it is expected that air quality will be affected to some minor extent by dust and particulate matters generated by construction, vehicular movements, site clearance, earth filling and material loading and unloading. The impacts are expected to be localised, temporary and confined to construction areas. Care should, however, be taken at sensitive urban locations so that harmful impacts can be minimised. No hot mix plant or other source of air pollution (especially dust pollution) must be located within the degraded airshed for particulate matter (SPM/PM10). Specific measures such as watering of roads etc. shall be adopted for upgrading works in degraded airshed to avoid generation of additional SPM to add to the already poor quality air. The contractor is expected to install ‘Air Monitoring Devices’ at a regular interval of 1.5 km through the project road to put a check on the pollution to be created during the construction phase. f. Noise Levels With the exception of the built-up locations such as Yainagangpokpi, Litan, Hungpung, Shirui, Lunghar, Kharasom and Jessami, the ambient noise level along the road sections is within standards. During the construction period, noise will be generated from the operation of heavy machinery, blasting works, the haulage of construction materials to the construction yard and the general activities at the yard itself. Concrete mixing and material movements will be the primary noise generating activities and will be uniformly distributed over the entire construction period. These construction activities are expected to produce noise levels in the range of 80-95 dB (A) at a distance of about 5 m from the source. Construction noise is not normally regulated, though still may cause concern among local villagers. The range of typical noise levels in relation to distance from a construction site is shown in Table below. Table 44: Construction Noise / Distance Relationship

Distance from construction site (m) Range of Typical Noise Level dB(A) 8 82 – 102 15 75 – 95

121 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

30 69 – 89 61 63 – 83 91 59 – 79 122 57 – 77 152 55 – 75 305 49 -69 Source: Department of Transportation, State of Wisconsin (USA) Piling, if necessary, will also cause vibration. In this project piling will be required only at bridge locations. Bridges are away from the residential areas therefore impacts on structures due to piling is negligible. Noise and vibration from this source will be unavoidable but the impact will only be temporary and affect people living or working near piling locations. In construction sites within 500 metres of a settlement, noisy operations should cease between 14:00 and 10:00 hrs. Regular maintenance of construction vehicles and machinery must also be undertaken to reduce noise. Table 45: Typical noise levels of principal construction equipment

Clearing Structure Construction Bulldozer 80 Crane 75-77 Front end loader 72-84 Welding generator 71-82 Jack hammer 81-98 Concrete mixer 74-88 Crane with ball 75-87 Concrete pump 81-84 Concrete vibrator 76 Excavation and Earth Moving Air compressor 74-87 Bulldozer 80 Pneumatic tools 81-98 Backhoe 72-93 Bulldozer 80 Front end loader 72-84 Cement and dump trucks 83-94 Dump truck 83-94 Front end loader 72-84 Jack hammer 81-98 Dump truck 83-94 Scraper 80-93 Paver 86-88 Grading and Compaction Landscaping and clean-up Grader 80-93 Bulldozer 80 Roller 73-75 Backhoe 72-93 Truck 83-94 Paving Front and end loader 72-84 Paver 86-88 Dump truck 83-94 Truck 83-94 Paver 86-88 Tamper 74-77 Dump truck 83-94 Source: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, noise from Construction Equipment and Operations. Building Equipment and Home Appliance. NJID. 300.1. December 31, 1971

122 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Noise impacts are an unavoidable consequence of construction that should be mitigated by providing noise barriers and limiting the times of construction to daylight hours (10am-4pm) in the vicinity of sensitive receptors. Further to minimize noise impacts near sensitive receptors (particularly schools), operation of excavator and other heavy machineries will be carried out mostly during off-hours (7 am to 9 am and 3.30 pm to 7 pm) and on holidays (Saturday and Sundays). Baseline noise will be established for all sensitive locations (listed in Table 49) prior to construction and follow up noise monitoring will be carried out during the construction. Details of the follow up monitoring is provided in EMP (Table 79).Although estimated noise over the project duration shows higher noise levels at various receptor locations; implementation of suitable mitigation measures will reduce the construction noise to acceptable limits. Mitigation measures should include:  Installations of noise barriers;  construction machinery should be located away from settlements;  careful planning of machinery operation and the scheduling of such operations;  controlled blasting should only be carried out with prior approval from the Engineer in charge;  Construction workers in high noise level zone must be provided with ear protection equipments. Site specific mitigation measures will provided by contractor particularly in sensitive and urban locations.  contractors should be required to fit noise shields on construction machinery and  to provide earplugs to the operators of heavy machines;  blasting should be conducted only during day-light hours; and  only controlled blasting should be conducted. g. Construction Materials The use of proper sources for stone and aggregates has become a major issue in most of the north- eastern states. Historically, stone has been collected from the roadside or from shallow surface workings. Small quarries on steep slopes are often enlarged by blasting or excavation at the base. This is dangerous and can cause slope failures. Roadside stone collection continues in some districts despite its proven negative impacts on road safety and stability. Sand and gravel are often obtained from river deposits. Jurisdiction over stone and aggregates is shared between the Geological Survey of India and the State Forest Department. The Geological Survey of India issues licences for major mineral developments while the Forest Department issues permits for stone quarrying and for sand and gravel extraction. This is largely because these are mostly found

123 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT on forest lands. Roadside quarrying is officially discouraged, but unofficially continues, invariably by petty contractors. The quantity of construction material required for the project road are as listed down below: Table 46: CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR THE PROJECT ROAD

Quantity Distance of Raw Material/ per Unit Source Source from Fuel Annum Project Site Aggregate 425319 cum Kanglatonbi 159 Bitumen 5207 tonnes Imphal 141 HYSD Bar 3863 tonnes Imphal 141 Cement 34167 tonnes Imphal 141 Moorum 1253 cum Local 10 Sand 59955 cum Sekmai 151 Water 33057 KLD Litan 15 Soil 47834 tonnes Local 0 Road maintenance, repair and new construction will continue to cause large demands for construction materials. There is a clear need for a better materials supply policy in each district to minimise environmental impacts of small-scale, poorly managed operations and improve the quality and reliability of supply. In some districts, it may be appropriate to develop centralised quarries, if an operator can be attracted. In any case, pre-designation of sources would give contractors a level playing field for bidding and minimise incentives for environmentally damaging cost cutting. The engineering team as part of material survey has identified and recommended sources of the construction materials. Details are these sources are provided in Volume III (Material survey chapter) of Detailed Project Report. As a prior requirement of project, every new quarry and borrow area should also be subjected to a site specific environmental investigation work according to an approved plan; and should be left in a safe condition or restored to a productive land use. Subject to these conditions, obtaining construction materials for projects will not cause unacceptable impacts. Quarry and borrow pits may be filled with rejected construction waste and afterwards should be given a vegetative cover. If this is not possible, then the excavated slopes will be filled in such a way that they resemble an original ground surface. Mitigation for Quarries

124 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

 aggregates will be first sourced from licensed quarry sites (which are in operation) that comply with environmental and other applicable regulations;  occupational safety procedures/practices for the work force will be adhered to in all quarries;  quarry and crushing units will be provided with adequate dust suppression measures; and  regular monitoring of the quarries by concerned authorities to ensure compliance with environmental management and monitoring measures. Mitigation of Borrow Areas  prior approval will be obtained from concerned authorities and all local environmental regulations be complied with;  within all identified borrow areas, the actual extent of area to be excavated will be demarcated with signs and access to the operational area controlled;  borrow pit plant and machinery will conform to CPCB and World Bank EHS noise emission regulations;  protective gear will be provided to the workforce exposed to noise levels beyond threshold limits and there should be proper rotation of such personnel; and  all operation areas will be water sprinkled to control dust levels to national ambient air quality standards. The project will require large amounts of bitumen or bitumen emulsion usually stored in drums. These empty bitumen drums are generally recycled as steel sheeting, or used in road construction as parapets or for river bank stabilisation. When supplied and used in this manner, bitumen is not regarded as a significant environmental hazard. The project will require the import, transport and use of fuel and oils. Minor diesel spills are common in region, especially around fuel stations. To mitigate these impacts following measures will be applied.  Secondary containment around fuel tanks and at fuelling stations will be built;  Oil and fuel spills, and other runoff from contaminated areas will be controlled; and  Equipment and fuel depots will be placed in safe zones away from drinking water sources and along river banks. The project provides an opportunity to assist the PIU and contractors in improving fuel handling practices so as to minimise future fuel spillage. 6.5.3 Operation Phase Key anticipated impacts during operation stage are presented in the following paragraphs.

125 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

6.5.3.1 Air pollution During the operation phase of the highway, there will be increase in air pollution levels due to the increased traffic volumes. To assess the likely concentrations at the various locations along the corridor, the prediction of the pollutant concentrations has been carried out. Various assumptions made for predicting the pollution levels along the corridor through this model are discussed below: • No significant change in emission characteristics of the vehicles is anticipated during the projected period and any assumption in decrease of emission factors would only be hypothetical. This assumption would give a conservative estimate of the emissions and any decrease in emissions in future than those used for prediction will be beneficial.

The traffic along the proposed section is assumed to flow simultaneously in both the lanes and in both directions. This assumption presents a worst-case scenario of the pollution levels. 6.5.3.2 Noise pollution Though the level of discomfort caused by noise is subjective, there is a definite increase in discomfort with an increase in noise levels. Road noise depends on factors such as traffic intensity, the type and condition of the vehicles plying on the road, acceleration / deceleration / gear changes by the vehicles depending on the level of congestion and smoothness of road surface (IRC: 104-1988). The baseline noise levels monitored at various locations along the project packages indicate the baseline levels is within the permissible limits for residential and rural areas and exceeds in some commercial areas. Even the night levels recorded at the various locations are close to or higher than the noise levels allowed during daytime. Thus, noise is a major area of concern, especially since a number of sensitive receptors (schools, colleges and hospitals) have been identified to be quite close to the road. The impacts on noise due to the project will be of less significance in both the construction as well as the operation stages. 6.5.3.3 Wildlife No sanctuary or national park. 6.5.3.4 Water Resources In order to facilitate the cross drainage at crossing locations, 820 CD structures have been proposed which includes bridges, slab, box and HP culverts. The surface water bodies along the project road might be subject to adverse impacts due to the various construction activities as well as during the operation stage of the project. Likely impacts on water resources due to construction of road and the indicators are as follows:

126 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

 Loss of water bodies Area of water bodies affected  Loss of other water supply sources Hand pumps, wells affected  Alternation of drainage, run off No of cross drainage channels  Depletion of ground water recharge Groundwater in area rendered in accessible and impervious  Use of water supply for construction Quantum of water used  Contamination from fuel and lubricants Nature and quantum of contaminators  Contamination from improper sanitation and waste disposal in construction camps Area of camp

127

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES AND MITIGATION MEASURES

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES AND

MITIGATION MEASURES

7.1 GENERAL The chapter discusses the various alternatives consider for the bypass alignments and thought process behind the selection of the best suitable alignment. Subsequently the mitigation measures have been describe for preconstruction, construction and operation stages in order to minimize the impacts as mentioned in Chapter 9. This alternate alignments were examined taking into account all possible and feasible options and includes both with and without project scenarios in terms of the potential environmental impacts for the justification of the project. The chapter discusses how environmental parameters were assigned due importance and were carefully considered in the analysis of alternatives. 7.2 WITHOUT PROJECT SCENARIO: The existing project road is a single lane national highway with pavement width of 3.5 m. With present and projected high traffic volumes, the capacity of the present highway is insufficient for handling the volume of traffic and calls in for improvements to a two lane carriageway. The road has few roadside settlements. The traffic flow is seriously impacted by the geometry of the road which has curves not satisfying the standards. The population growth, increase in traffic volumes, geographical features of hilly terrain and the economic development along the corridor would continue to occur and will worsen the already critical situation. The existing unsafe conditions and the adverse environmental consequences in terms of the environmental quality along the highway would continue to worsen in the absence of the proposed improvements. 7.3 JUSTIFICATION FOR SELECTION: The proposal finalized is for following of the existing alignment and no new bypass was finalized due to the following reason:  The bypass would cover a large area of the National Park.  The existing alignment with few realignment in the curves mostly follows the existing ROW. So, the acquisition will require less area of the National Park  The road is aligned in the hilly terrain on both the side. Moreover, the Shirui Peak has a high altitude compared to the existing road level with high undulations.  The loss of habitat for many animals and birds due to new alignment

129 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

 Many flora species will also be affected due to the development of the road Therefore widening of single lane to two lane was perceived and approved by NHIDCL. The feasibility study results confirmed that this approach was economically sound and could be implemented in a considerably shorter time frame. In order to reduce the LA and loss of flora and fauna species as per recommendation during public consultation, the proposed alignment was best suited for them. The project, therefore, involves mostly concentric widening of the existing alignment to fully utilise the available ROW. The project road shall be flexible pavement. 7.4 DESIGN STAGE – ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES 7.4.1 Highway Design Alignment The proposed highway design alignment has been undertaken as per accepted standards to ensure safety of all road users and geology of the terrain has also been considered. In addition various alternate alignments were studied to minimise the environmental impact of the project stretch. The alternate alignments included has been discussed below. 7.5 DESIGN STAGE – ALIGNMENT MODIFICATIONS: The selection of the alignment along various sections has been worked out based on continuous interaction between the highway and environmental teams. Various alignment improvement alterative for the project corridor have been analysed and have been presented in the following sections: 7.5.1 Rural sections: Concentric widening has been proposed for stretches in rural areas to reduce land acquisition and dismantling of structures. However the following factors influenced the development:  Improvement of geometries especially at curves and junctions  Impacting sensitive features like forests and sanctuaries.  Impact on road side trees/ vegetation  Impact on sensitive receptors like schools or hospitals etc.  Loss of water bodies or water resources 7.5.2 Urban sections: While designing sections within the towns the safety of the pedestrians and the local traffic will be of great significance. The planning includes the following:  Provision of drain cum footpath on both sides of the main carriageway  Bus bays and toilets have been proposed for each village The widening within the settlements shall require dismantling of 173 structures:

130 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

7.5.4 At Grade Intersections at the junctions: As the road passes through the hilly terrain the junctions found in the project stretch are leading to hill top villages or settlements which are not as per the standards and do not require major development. So, the improvement of the junctions are only at grade junctions with more turning radius for easy movement of the vehicles. 7.5.5 Bus bay: Bus bays have been provided at the following locations with rest areas at the start and end of the villages. Table 47: LOCATION OF PROPOSED BUS SIDINGS Sl No CHAINAGE Village LHS/RHS 1 133.536 Jessami RHS

7.6 ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATION: The various avoidance measures for minimising the extent of environmental impacts and avoiding of sensitive environmental features have been worked out. A description of the measures has been presented in the following sections. TABLE 48: MINIMISING THE EXTENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

Criteria Means Maintenance of Design Speed for Improved geometrics through traffic Improvement of Road Safety Intersection Improvements; Geometric improvements at curves; Adequate drainage Provision of drains Reduction of Air and Noise Intersection improvements; site specific Pollution attenuation measures; aggressive tree plantations Displacement of Local Population Provision of Bypasses and realignments to reduce displacement; Provision of up gradation of skills of PAPs, financial assistance Minimisation of Direct impact on Provision of Bypasses and realignments adjoining settlements Minimisation of Direct Impact on Public consultations, Realignment Service Sensitive Receptors, cultural and roads and underpasses provided at site specific religious properties locations; Good EMP measures Minimisation of Property Realignments; acquisition Minimisation of Loss of Utility Centre line alterations Lines Stabilisation of Slope Turfing / Pitching 7.7 PRE -CONSTRUCTION AND CONSTRUCTION STAGE

Locate stockpiles in …

131 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Management measures suggested during • A secure area away from construction stage shall ensure effective mitigation o Grade, Subsoil & Overburden materials; of likely environmental impacts at this stage. o Pit activities; and 7.7.1 Conservation of top soil o Day-to-day operations. The topsoil shall be stripped up to a depth of 15 cm • Areas that do not interfere with future pit expansion at all locations opened up for construction. The • Areas away from drainage paths and uphill of sediment barriers. stripped topsoil should be carefully stockpiled at suitable accessible locations approved by the PIU. At least 10% of the temporarily acquired area shall be earmarked for storing topsoil. The stockpiles for storing the topsoil shall be designed such that the slope does not exceed 1:2 (vertical to horizontal), and the height of the pile is restricted to 2 m. A minimum distance of 1m is required between stockpiles of different materials. In the cases where the topsoil has to be preserved for more than a month, the stockpile is to be stabilized within 7 days of forming. The stabilization shall be carried out through temporary seeding. It consists of planting rapid growing annual grasses or small grains, to provide initial, temporary cover for erosion control.

Vegetative Technologies for stockpile stabilisation… After spreading the topsoil on disturbed areas, topsoil must be seeded, and mulched within 30 days • Must consist of grasses, legumes, herbaceous, or of final grading. woody plants or a mixture thereof During construction, if erosion occurs from • Selection & use of vegetative cover to take into account soil and site characteristics such as drainage, stockpiles due to their location in small drainage pH, nutrient availability, and climate to ensure paths, the sediment-laden runoff should be permanent growth prevented from entering nearby watercourses.

Preserving stockpiles – Precautions

132 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Preservation of Stockpiles: While construction the • Stockpiles will not be surcharged or otherwise loaded stockpile material shall be preserved for later use on and multiple handing will be kept to a minimum to ensure that no compaction will occur. slopes of the embankment or plantation areas as • Divert runoff around stockpiles unavoidably located instructed by the engineer. in drainage paths using a perimeter bank uphill.

Spreading back of topsoil: The area to be covered • The stockpiles shall be covered with gunny bags or with vegetation shall be prepared to the required tarpaulin immediately in case they are not stored for periods longer than 1 month levels and slope. The stockpile material shall be spread evenly to a depth of 5-15cm to the designed slopes and watering the same as required. The growth of the vegetation shall be monitored at frequent intervals. All temporary arrangements made for stockpile preservation and erosion control are to be removed after reusing the stockpile material. 7.7.2 Stabilization of high embankment slopes Slope of the road embankment shall be fixed within the range of 1:2 to 1:3, which will reduce the possibilities of slope failure. Further to stabilize the slope, vegetative cover as per Box 7-1 shall be done

Box 7-1: Detailed specifications for Vegetative cover

Description: • The vegetative cover should be planted in the region where the soil has capacity to support plantation and at locations where meteorological conditions favour vegetative growth. Site Preparation: • To prevent the seeds from washing away subsequent to sowing, area should be protected with surface roughening and diversions. • Soil samples should be taken from the site and analysed for fertiliser and lime requirements. Seed Application: • The seed should be sown uniformly as soon as preparation of the seedbed has been completed. • No seed should be sown during windy weather, or when the ground surface is watery, or when not tillable. Maintenance: • During first six weeks, the planting should inspected by the IE/PIU, to check if the growth is uniform and dense. Appropriate moisture levels shall be maintained. There may be requirement of watering the plantings regularly during the dry seasons. Fertiliser and pest control applications may also be needed from time to time. In case slope is steeper than 1:2, stone pitching (Figure 7-6) will be done. Stones will be fixed on slopes by gentle hammering. A P.C.C. anchor will be provided at the base, which will prevent sliding of stones on slope. The gaps between adjacent stones allow grass to grow which will hold the soil firmly together.

133 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Figure 38: STONE PITCHING

To check the slope stabilisation of borrow pits adjacent to the embankment, the depth of the pit will be so regulated that the bottom edge of pit shall not intersect the imaginary line of slope 1:4 drawn from the top edge of the nearest embankment (Figure 7-7). To avoid embankment slippage and erosion, borrow pits shall not be dug continuously. In general turfing is suggested for a embankment height 3 m and stone pitching is suggested for embankment height more than 3 m as slope protection measures.

Figure 39: DEPTH SPECIFICATION FOR BORROW PIT ALONG THE ROAD

7.7.3 Mitigation of cut and Fill Operations Cut and fill works are to be carried out strictly in accordance with the design drawings. Where extra spoil material is generated, it should be used for reclamation of borrow pits and quarries, low-lying areas in barren land and in settlements along the project corridors. 7.7.4 Mitigation of Visual Scars Requirement of materials shall necessitate creation of new borrow areas and quarry pits. Such pits shall be rehabilitated after specific use by grading the steep slopes and covering them

134 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT with vegetation or converting them into water body. These measures shall form a part of this project. Similarly, fresh embankments created at the site shall be covered with dredged earth for turfing of the slopes. Thus it will prevent erosion and minimise the runoff and stabilizing the embankment. 7.7.5 Prevention of Oil Contamination At the various construction sites, the vehicles and equipment will be maintained and refuelled in such a fashion that oil/diesel spillage does not contaminate the soil. It will be ensured that the fuel storage and refuelling sites are kept at least 300 m away from drainage channels and important water bodies. In all fuel storage and refuelling areas located on agricultural lands or productive lands, the topsoil preservation shall be carried out. 7.7.6 Prevention of Water Pollution While working around or near the water body following measures should be undertaken:

• Silt fencing and/or brush barrier shall be installed for collecting the sediments before letting them into the water body.

• Silt/sediment should be collected and stockpiled for possible reuse as surfacing of slopes for re-vegetation.

• Alternate drain inlets and outlets shall be provided in the event of closure of existing drainage channels of the water body.

• Movement of machinery, workforce shall be restricted around the water body and no waste from construction camps or sites shall be disposed into it. Detailed specifications for Silt Fencing are presented in Box 7-2. Box 7-2: Detailed Specifications for Silt Fencing Description: • Silt fencing is a temporary sediment barrier made of woven, synthetic filtration fabric supported by steel or wood post. The purpose of the silt fence is to prevent sediment carried by sheet flow from leaving the site and entering to natural drainage or any other water body located near the construction site. Silt fencing encourages the sheet flow and reduces the potential for development of rills and gullies. Care should be taken that silt fences are not installed across streams, ditches, waterways or other concentrated flow areas. All silt fencing should be installed along the contour, never up or down a slope. Where all the sheet flow run off is to be stored behind the silt fence, maximum slope length should not exceed as shown in the Table 1. Table 1: Criteria For Silt Fence Placement

Land Slope (%) Maximum Slope Length (Above the fence in m) < 2 30.0 2 to 5 22.5 5 to 10 15.0 10 to 20 7.5

135 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

> 20* 4.5 * In areas where slope is greater than 20 %, a flat area length of 3.0 m between the toe of the slope and the fence should be provided Construction Specification: • Silt fencing (Refer Figure 5.5 for Cross-section) consists of 1.0 m wide filter fabric and should be placed on the contour. The contractor should purchase silt fencing in a continuous role to the length of the barrier to avoid the use of joint. Incase of joints, filter cloth should be spliced together only at supporting post, with minimum 15 cm overlap and securely sealed. The pile is driven to the depth of 300 mm into the ground by pressing from the top. The frame will be installed at the edge of stockpiles and at the water bodies along which construction is in progress. Inspection: • The Authority Engineer will inspect location as well as efficiency of silt fencing. The inspection should be done after every 15 days and incase of storm water, within 24 hours after the end of rain. Maintenance: • The Contractor should remove sediments, once it has accumulated to one-half of the original height of the fence. Filter fabric should be replaced whenever it has deteriorated to such an extent that the effective of the fabric is reduced. Silt fence should remain in place until disturb areas have been permanently stabilized. All the sediments accumulated and properly disposed of before the fence is removed. The operation of removing and disposing have to be monitored by the engineer in-charge of the Contractor. Figure 40: WIRE FENCING NEAR WATER BODIES

Following are the measures that need to be undertaken to prevent contamination of water body during the progress of work and also during the operation phase of the project corridor: • To prevent the entry of the surface run-off from fuel and other contaminants into the wells and other surface water bodies along the corridor, construction of settling ponds and the installation of oil receptors shall be undertaken. • All wastes arising from the project shall be disposed off at identified disposal sites only. • No vehicles or equipment shall be parked or re-fuelled near the water-body, so as to avoid contamination from fuel and lubricants.

136 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

• At the construction camps, the sewage system shall be designed and built so that no water pollution takes place in any water body or watercourse. • Surface water quality monitoring is to be conducted during the construction and operation phase to monitor and control the quality of surface water. Monitoring is to be carried out for 3 seasons (excluding monsoons) for 5 years (3 years construction period and 2 years operation period). 7.7.7 Minimization of Air Pollution Adverse impacts of air and dust pollution are anticipated during construction stage depending upon the location of pollution sources and receptors. To minimize such impacts the following mitigation measures are suggested. • Selecting the site for plant area and parking lot for equipment and vehicles as per Box 7-3. Box 7-3: Siting of Plant Area / Parking Lot Avoid the following … Prefer the following … • Lands within 1000m of habitations • Waste lands • Irrigated agricultural lands • Community lands not used for beneficial purposes • Lands within 1000 m of community water • Lands with an existing access road bodies and water sources as rivers • Lands within 1000m of watercourses • Grazing lands and lands with tenure rights

• Obtaining “No Objection Certificate (NOC)” from the Manipur Pollution Control Board before setting up Crusher, Batching Plant, Hot-mix Plant and Generator Set. • Ensuring all vehicles must possess Pollution under Control (PUC) Certificate and shall be renewed before expiry of PUC certificates.

• Air Quality Monitoring should be carried out during the construction and operation phase (construction period considered to be 3 years and 2 years operation) to monitor the level of air pollutants and keep a check on the concentration. Monitoring at plants site installed by the Contractor should be monitored at per the conditions stipulated in the consent (by MPCB) letter or as suggested by the Authority Engineer/PIU.

Table 49: MEASURES TO MINIMISE AIR POLLUTION DURING THE PROGRESS OF WORK

Concern Causes Measures Dust Vehicle Water sprinkling Generation Movement Fine Materials shall be Transported in Bags or Covered by Tarpaulin during Transportation Tail board shall be properly closed & sealed Crushers Water Sprinkling Concrete-mix Educate the workers for following good practices while material handling Plant

137 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Emissions Hot-Mix Plant Site Selection as per Clause 6.5.2, Section 6.5, IRC Manual for Construction & Supervision of Bitumen Work Regular maintenance of Dust Collector as per manufacture schedule Vehicles Regular maintenance as per manufacture schedule Generators Exhaust vent of long length 7.7.8 Minimization of Noise Pollution The plants and equipment used for construction shall strictly conform to existing noise norms. Vehicles and equipment used shall be fitted with exhaust silencers. During routine servicing operations (as per manufacture schedule), the effectiveness of exhaust silencers shall be checked and in case of any defect, shall be replaced immediately. The noise level from any item of plants (measured at one meter from the edge of the equipment in free field) such as compactors, rollers, front loaders, concrete mixers, cranes, vibrators and saws shall not exceed 75 dB (A), as specified in the Environmental Protection Rules, 1986. In construction sites within 150 m of the nearest habitation, noisy construction work such as crushing, concrete mixing, batching will be stopped during the night time between 10:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. No noisy construction activities will be permitted around the silence zones, a distance of 100m from the sensitive receptors as hospitals, educational institutions etc. Blasting will be carried out as per ‘The Explosives Rules, 1983’. Prior intimation of operational hours of the blasting will be given to the people living near such blasting sites. Blasting will not be undertaken in night hours.

To protect construction workers from severe noise impacts, noise standards of industrial enterprises will be strictly enforced, and workers shall be provided with protective devices such as earplugs.

The boundary walls of the sensitive receptors should be increased to a height of 3.5 meter with respect to the project road level and vegetation should be developed as space available on both the side of the boundary wall. Noise level Monitoring shall be carried out to monitor and keep a check on noise levels during construction phase and operation phase. Monitoring is to be carried out for all 3 seasons a year (except monsoons) for 3 years (construction period). 7.7.9 Construction Waste Disposal The Contractor shall either reuse or dispose the waste generated during construction depending upon the nature of waste, as specified in Table. The reuse of waste shall be carried out by the Contractor only after carrying out the specific tests and ascertaining the quality of the waste materials used, and getting the same approved by the IE/PIU. Wastes that were not reused shall be disposed of safely by the Contractor.

138 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

The Contractor shall adopt the following precautions while disposing wastes for construction:

• In case of bituminous wastes, dumping will be carried out over a 60 mm thick layer of rammed clay so as to eliminate any chances of leaching. • In case of filling of low-lying areas with wastes, it needs to be ensured that the level matches with the surrounding areas. In this case care should be taken that these low lying areas are not used for rainwater storage • In case oil and grease are trapped for reuse in a lined pit, care shall be taken to ensure that the pit should be located at the lowest end of the site. The waste management practices adopted by the Contractor, including the management of wastes at construction camps etc. shall be reviewed by the AE and the PIU, MPWD during the progress of construction. After decommissioning of construction sites, the Contractor shall clear the site of all debris/wastes. The site shall be inspected by the PIU. In case of disposal of wastes on private land, certificate of Completion of Reclamation is to be obtained by the Contractor from the landowner that “the land is restored to his satisfaction”

Table 50: TYPE OF WASTES AND SCOPE FOR REUSE

Disposal of Sl.No Activity Type of waste Scope for possible reuse waste CONSTRUCTION WASTE 1 Site Clearance and Vegetative cover and top soil Vegetating embankment grubbing slopes Unsuitable material in Embankment Fill Low lying areas embankment foundation Land fill sites 2 Earthworks i Overburden of Vegetative cover and soil Vegetating embankment borrow areas slopes ii Overburden of Vegetative cover and soil Vegetating embankment quarries slopes Granular material Embankment Fill, Pitching iii Accidental Dust spillages during handling iv Embankment Soil and Granular Material Embankment Fill construction v Construction of Soil Embankment Fill earthen drains 3 Concrete structures i Storage of Dust, Cement, Sand, Constructing temporary materials structure, embankment fill

139 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Disposal of Sl.No Activity Type of waste Scope for possible reuse waste Metal Scrap Scrap Yard ii Handling of Dust materials iii Residual wastes Organic matter Manure, Revegetation Cement, sand Constructing temporary structure, embankment fill Metal scrap Diversion sign, Guard Rail 4 Reconstruction works i Dismantling of Bitumen Mix, granular Sub-base existing pavement material Concrete Road sub-base, reuse in concrete, fill material and as rip rap on roads Guard rail sign post, guard Reuse for same stone ii Dismantling of Granular material & bricks Constructing temporary cross drainage structure, embankment fill structures Metal scrap Diversion sign, Guard Rail Pipes Culvert 5 Decommissioning of sites i Dismantling of temporaryGranular structures material and bricks Constructing temporary structure, embankment fill 6 Hill Roads i) Hill cutting Vegetative cover Vegetating embankment slopes Soil & granular material Embankment Fill ii) Clearance of Vegetative cover Vegetating embankment slides slopes Soil & granular material Embankment Fill 7 Maintenance operations i Desilting of side Organic matter and soil Revegetation drains II Oil and fluids 1 Construction Oil and Grease Incineration, Cooking, machinery – Illumination maintenance and refuelling 2 Bituminous works i Storage Bitumen Low Grade Bitumen Mix ii Mixing and Bitumen Low Grade Bitumen Mix handling Bitumen Mix Sub-base, Paving access & cross roads

140 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Disposal of Sl.No Activity Type of waste Scope for possible reuse waste iii Rejected Bitumen Mix Sub-base, Paving access & bituminous mix cross roads III Domestic wastes 1 Construction Organic waste, Manure camps Plastic and metal scrap Scrap Yard Domestic effluent Irrigation 7.7.10 Precautionary Measures in Forest Stretches For stretches of the corridor passing through the Reserve Forests, the Contractor shall ensure that the construction activities shall be limited to the proposed RoW, so as to avoid any impacts on the vegetation within the forest areas. No Construction Camp, stockyard or any kind of construction activity shall be carried out in forest areas. 7.7.11 Safety Measures • The Contractor must educate the workers to Educate the workers regarding… undertake the health and safety precautions (a) Personal safety measures (such as helmet, footwear, noise mask, ear plug, etc.) and location • The Contractor shall prepare traffic control of safety devices. (b) Interaction with host community plan and drawings containing detailed (c) Protection of environment with respect to: specifications for diversion, signage as well as • Trampling of vegetation and cutting of trees location specific traffic detour plan for cooking • Water body protection • Other safety requirements that need to be • Storage and handling of materials undertaken are as follows: • Disposal of construction waste

▪ Adequate lighting arrangement ▪ Adequate drainage system to avoid any stagnation of water ▪ Lined surface with slope 1:40 and provision of lined pit at the bottom end, at the storage and handling of bitumen and oil as well as at the location of D G set. ▪ Facilities for provision of first aid 7.8 OPERATION STAGE Environmental monitoring has been proposed at the operation stage to ensure that the proposed mitigation measures achieve the desired results. The monitoring results will also indicate if further mitigation measures need to be undertaken to address unforeseen environmental impacts.

141 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

7.8.1 Drainage Provisions To ensure efficient drainage system and to prevent water logging along the sides, adequate size and number of cross-drainage structures have been provided. All cross-drainage structures have been designed to handle a 50-year peak flood level as per IRC: 5 – 1998 (Standard Specifications and Code of Practice for Road Bridges Section I), IRC: SP-13 – 1973 (Guidelines for the Design of Small Bridges and Culverts), IRC: 78-2000, (Standard Specifications and Code of Practice for Road Bridges Section VII). Drainage Plan: While developing the drainage plan natural drainage slope has been adopted. The water has to be guided to follow a definite path such that the stability is not affected. The water collected on the surface of the road and the adjacent ground is taken away by side drains and disposed of into natural watercourses nearby. The drainage plan for the Road Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border has been developed after considering the scheme and layout of all drainage features (bridges, box culverts, pipes, , channels, etc.) to properly convey surface flow within and adjacent to the project. The plotted storm drainage system profile includes:

• Culvert invert levels • Utility crossings • Existing ground level • Proposed finished road level Chute Drains at High Embankments: Design system for the project road is designed in accordance with following IRC codes of practices: • IRC SP-42, 1994:” Guidelines on Road Drainage” During operation inspection (as per IRC SP: 18-1978, Manual for Highway Bridge Maintenance Inspection) and cleaning of drains / culverts must be done as they get choked with silt/debris and growth of vegetative cover over the accumulated debris. 7.8.1.1 Use of streams In addition to the above, streams located close to the road have been identified. It is suggested to divert the outlets of the longitudinal drains to these streams through the culvert which will be directed to the rivers or stream at the valley. Thus enhance ground water availability of the study area. 7.8.2 Minimization of Air Pollution During the operation stage, emissions due to vehicle movement can be effectively reduced if they conform to vehicular emission norms. However, enforcement of such measures and formulation of a regulatory framework for this purpose is beyond the scope of this study.

142 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

To assess the effectiveness of mitigation measures air quality monitoring for parameters

SPM, RSPM, CO, SO2, NOx, at proposed monitoring sites shall be carried out during the operation phase along the corridor for 2 years with a frequency of once in each season, excluding monsoons. 7.8.3 Replacement for Removed Trees The general mitigation measure adopted to mitigate loss of trees is compensatory plantation. Accordingly, for area of forest land to be acquired, compensatory land are to be sanctioned as per afforestation plans in hills. 7.8.4 Road user safety measures Avoidance of planting trees and shrubs at inner curves having access roads so that adequate sight distances are available to the driver. Depending on the speed in that section, a sight distance corresponding to 8 seconds reaction time shall be provided. All major junctions shall be designed adhering to the standards of adequate sight distances and facilities for the local traffic, parking areas, service roads, pedestrian sidewalks and zebra crossings. Trees that have been saved and are very close to the pavement shall be marked in white paint or have reflective hazard signage on them to alert the driver. Animal under passes shall be introduced at places where there is substantial movement of people and cattle across the road with no cross drainage structures. Where cross drainage structures of adequate width and height are present, access roads from underneath shall be enhanced to facilitate movement through them at least during the dry seasons. 7.8.5 Accidents involving hazardous materials Accidents involving hazardous chemicals will generally be catastrophic to the environment, though the probability of occurrence is low. 'The Hazardous Wastes (Management and Handling) rules, 1989 shall be compiled to minimize the risk of accident involving transportation of hazardous material. For delivery of hazardous substances, three certificates issued by transportation department, viz., permit license, driving license and guarding license shall be required. These shall be issued and checked thoroughly. Vehicles delivering hazardous substances will be printed with appropriate signs. In case of spillage, the report to relevant departments will be made and instructions followed in taking up the contingency measures immediately.

143

ENVIRONMENTAL ENHANCEMENT MEASURES

8.1 INTRODUCTION In addition to mitigation measures environmental enhancement measures have been incorporated some of which are a part of highway design recommendations. The negative impacts of road projects can be reduced or minimised only if proper safeguards are put in place during the design and construction stage itself. These can include reducing pollutant discharge from the harmful activities at source or protecting the sensitive receptor. An effective mitigation strategy will utilise a combination of both options to arrive at practically implementable measures. Conscious efforts have been worked out to minimise any adverse impacts on the various environmental and social components. Where the impacts on various environmental components have been unavoidable, mitigation designs have been worked out. 8.2 MITIGATION MEASURES PROPOSED The mitigation / avoidance / enhancement measures for the various environmental components for the different project packages are described below. These measures have been fully and adequately incorporated in the Environmental Management Plan prepared. Avoidance measures, such as the minimising of the number of trees to be cut etc, have been worked out as part of the design finalisation. However, there will be a significant tree felling due to the project. Though no major change in the macro-climatic setting (precipitation, temperature and wind) is envisaged due to the project, the microclimate is likely to be temporarily modified by vegetation removal, loss of roadside plantations and the addition of increased pavement surface. Compensatory afforestation, planting along the median and landscaping proposed shall help in restoring the green cover along the corridor along with the microclimate conditions that exist before the removal of trees, within 2-3 years. Land Acquisition, soil erosion and contamination of soil have emerged as major sources of land impact especially in urban areas and nearby watercourses. Due to the proposed road improvements aimed at enhancing the efficiency of road transport system, which will result in economic growth in the region over time. Table 51: MITIGATION MEASURES

Sl Particular Impact Reason Mitigation no 1 Change in Direct, long Extraction of No blasting is geology term materials envisaged

145 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Sl Particular Impact Reason Mitigation no negative Quarry impact development plan need to be enforced 2 Change in No Negative Project in most  Cross drainage seismology impact stable zone structures are checked and complied with the seismological settings of the region 3. Loss of land Direct, long- Land Acquisition,  Land acquisition term Change in land minimised. LA negative use pattern only at locations impact which require geometric correction  Design restricted to within 60m of ROW

4. Generation of Negative May contaminate Debris Impact air, water and Disposed properly land, if not to avoid disposed properly contamination.

5. Soil Erosion Moderate, Road slopes and direct, long- spoils  Embankment term protection negative through: impact  Stone pitching  Turfing

6. Construction of  Residual spoil new bridges and need to be culverts disposed properly Quarry and  Silt Fencing need Borrow areas to be provided  Quarries need to be reclaimed

146 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Sl Particular Impact Reason Mitigation no 7. Contamination Direct, long Scarified bitumen of Soil term wastes  Hazardous Wastes negative Oil and diesel (Management and impact spills Handling) Rules, Emulsion sprayer 1989 to be and laying of hot enforced. mix  Oil Interceptor will Production of hot be provided for mix and rejected accidental spill of materials oil and diesel Residential  Rejected material facilities for the will be laid as labour and directed by officers engineer. Routine and  Septic tank will be periodical constructed for maintenance waste disposal.

8 Soil quality Effectiveness Measures will be monitoring revised & improved to mitigate / enhance environment due to any unforeseen impact. 8.2.1 Change in seismology: No negative impact is anticipated in the seismological setting of the region. 8.2.2 Erosion: Incorporating appropriate type of treatments of slopes has reduced the potential for erosion of high embankments and bridge fills. The soil is assumed to have an angle of repose corresponding to 1V: 2H. Slope protection is normally required only for slopes steeper than this. The side slopes gentler than this will be turfed with shrubs and grasses as per IRC: 56- 1974: Recommended Practices for Treatment of Embankment Slopes for Erosion Control. 8.2.3 Contamination of soil: Contamination of soil due to presence of oils etc. can spoil the ground water and soil. Details are: Table 52: SOIL CONSERVATION MITIGATION MEASURES

Potential Mitigation impact Scarified  No scarification involved. bituminous  In case concessionaire decides to scarify then the material to

147 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

wastes be reused in the GSB layer.  Non reusable Bituminous wastes to be dumped in 30cm thick clay lined pits with the top 30cm layer covered with good earth for supporting vegetation growth over a period only after obtaining permission from Engineer Non  Used in the GSB layer bituminous material Cut material  Reused as embankment, median & shoulder fill materials  Excess material to be used for filling up of borrow areas identified by the concessionaire and approved by the Engineer Construction Guidelines for identification of debris disposal sites and debris precautions needed Guidelines for rehabilitation of dumpsites, quarries and borrow areas will be applicable Accident An emergency response team to be created. The team shall contain spills members of the district and police administration and also have specialist in remediation. Responsibility of Contractor to inform the team to take actions. The roles and responsibility of the members of the ram shall be framed in conjunction with all the parties to address the situation arising out of the accidental spills resulting in situation like water and soil contamination, health hazards in the vicinity of the accident spot, fire and explosions etc. Highway  Improvements of design shall lead to less accidents and hence less run off spillage of oil and grease  Fuel storage will be in proper bunded areas.  All spills and collected petroleum products to be disposed off in accordance with MoEF and SPCB guidelines and as per the directions of the Emergency Response team.  Fuel storage and fuelling areas will be located at least 300m from all cross drainage structures and significant water bodies. Operation of  Vehicle parking area will be made impervious using 75 mm thick residential P.C.C. bed over 150 mm thick rammed brick bats. The ground will be facilities for uniformly sloped towards to adjacent edges towards the road. A labour drain will take all the spilled material to the oil interceptor camps, Vehicle parking areas Productive top soil: Efforts have been made to minimise the intake of productive lands. As the existing ROW is not sufficient to accommodate the proposed four-lane cross sections and the need for the provision of several bypasses along the corridor, the project calls in for a land acquisition of 128.365 ha of agricultural, barren, govt. and private land. To conserve the productive top soil the following measures have been proposed:

148 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

 The topsoil from all areas of cutting and all areas to be permanently covered shall be stripped to a specified depth of 150mm and stored in stockpiles. At least 10% the temporarily acquired area shall be earmarked for storing top soil.

 The stockpile shall be designed such that the slope does not exceed 1:2 (vertical to horizontal), and the height of the pile be restricted to 2m. To retain soil and to allow percolation of water, silt fencing shall protect the edges of the pile.

 The stockpiles shall be covered with gunny bags or tarpaulin.  Such stockpiled topsoil will be returned to cover the disturbed area and cut slopes. Residual topsoil will be distributed on a areas as identified by concessionaire and approved by the Authority Engineer in a layer of thickness of 75mm - 150mm. Top soil shall also be utilised for redevelopment of borrow areas, landscaping along slopes, medians, incidental spaces etc., During construction, some land will be temporarily needed to create detours, store equipment and material, site construction workers' camp and other amenities. The top 150 mm of soil from these areas will be stripped off and stored in heaps of less than 2 m height. The slope of the pile will be maintained to lesser than 1:4 to reduce removal of sediment with runoff and to enhance percolation through stored soil. The stored soil will be used for:  Covering all disturbed areas including for the rehabilitation of borrow areas  Top dressing of the road embankments and fill slopes  Distribution over barren / unproductive areas, for a depth of 75-100mm, to make these lands productive. 8.2.4 Quarries: Manipur has very few approved quarries i.e only 1 numbers near to the project road. The existing quarries are suitable for the requirement of coarse and fine aggregate required for the road works. In case the Contractor decides in opening up of new quarries for the project, he shall follow the instructions / procedures as laid out in Guidelines for New Quarry Management. For all existing quarries from where the contractor may source his supply of aggregates, Guidelines for Existing Quarry Management shall be followed. 8.2.5 Soil Quality Monitoring- Mitigation: The quality of the soil shall be monitored to find out the effectiveness of the mitigation measures and further improvement in designs if required. The monitoring plan shall be

149 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT functional in construction as well as in operation stages. The frequency, duration and responsibility will be as per Environmental Management Plan 8.2.6 Air Quality- Mitigation Table 53: AIR QUALITY CONTROL MITIGATION MEASURES

Sl Item Impact Reason Mitigation/ no Enhancement 1. Meteorological Marginal Due to factors and impact production and  Comprehensive climate laying of hot afforestation bituminous mix  Avenue plantation  Shrub plantation in the median / island

2. Dust Temporary and Shifting of  Sprinkling of generation location specific utilities, Water removal of trees  Fine materials to & vegetation, be completely transportation of covered, during material transport and stocking.  Plant to be installed in down wind direction from nearby settlement. 3. Gaseous Moderate Clearing and  Air pollution pollutants impact grubbing Norms will be materials enforced. dumping  Labourers will be brushing of the provided mask. surface access  Local people will roads to borrow be educated on area hot mix safety and plants, Crushers precaution on paving of access roads, asphalt layers, newly constructed Labour Camps embankment etc. 4. Air quality Moderate Air pollutants  Compliance with emissions impact from traffic future statuary regulatory requirements 5. Air quality Effectiveness  Measures will be monitoring shortfall of any revised & unforeseen improved to impact mitigate enhance

150 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Design/ Pre construction stage: At critical sections especially along the congested stretches of the existing highway, removal of bottlenecks and relieving congestion in built-up stretches were incorporated through improved design and improving road geometry and widening of road to smoothen traffic flow. Construction stage: Several provisions can be incorporated within the contract, through the EMP, to ensure that the deterioration in air quality is limited to the maximum extent possible. During the construction stage, there are two major sources of Air pollution: Construction activities at working zones, which cause primarily dust emission and  Operation of the construction plant, equipments and machinery, which causes gaseous pollutants. The specific measures include: Dust Control All precautions to reduce the level of dust emissions from the hot mix plants, crushers and batching plants and other transportation of materials will be taken up including:  Vehicles delivering loose and fine materials like sand and fine aggregates shall be covered to reduce spills on existing roads  Water will be sprayed on earthworks, temporary haulage and detour roads on a regular basis. During and after compaction of the sub-grade, water will be sprayed at regular intervals to prevent dust generation.  The hot mix plant will be fitted with dust extraction units.  It shall be ensured that the dust emissions from the crusher and vibrating screen at the stone quarries do not exceed the emission standards set by Central Pollution Control Board by covering hoods and incorporation of cyclones. Emission Control To ensure the control of exhaust emissions from the various construction activities, the contractor and the concessionaire shall take up the following mitigation measures:  The asphalt plants and the batching plants will be sited at least 1 km in the downwind direction from the nearest human settlement.  An adequate cyclone / scrubber to control emissions from the stack of hot mix plants will need to be provided in the event of the emissions exceeding the SPCB norms. Other potential measures include plantation around periphery of the hot- mix plants.

151 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

 To ensure the efficacy of the mitigation measures suggested, air quality monitoring shall be carried out at least once a month during the period the plant is in operation.  All vehicles, equipment and machinery used for construction will be regularly maintained to ensure that the pollution emission levels conform to the SPCB norms. A vehicle maintenance schedule prepared by the contractor and the concessionaire and approved by the Engineer shall be adhered to. Operation Stage During the operation stage, the mitigation that the project can carry out is related more to facilities for checking levels of pollution. Additional measures proposed are as below:  Broad-leaved pollution resistant species, which can grow in high pollutant concentrations or even absorb pollutants, shall be planted as they help settle particulates with their higher surface areas along with thick foliage, which can reduce the distance for which particulates are carried from the road itself. Cassia fistula (Amaltas), Ficus religiosa (Peepal), Ficus bengalensis (Banyan), Tamarindus indica (Imli) and Azadirachta indica (Neem) are recommended.  Other measures such as the reduction of vehicular emissions, ensuring vehicular maintenance and upkeep, educating drivers about driving behaviour I methods that will reduce emissions are beyond the scope of the project but will be far more effective in reducing the pollutant levels. The contractor together with the Motor vehicles Department and the SPCB can arrange for provision for inspection for the Pollution under Control (PUC) certificates at all the three toll plazas proposed.

Air Quality Monitoring Apart from provision of the mitigation measures, ambient air quality shall be monitored. The monitoring plan shall be functional in construction as well as in operation stages. The frequency, duration and responsibility will be as per the Environmental Monitoring Plan. The air quality shall be monitored at all the locations as per decision of AE and client beside the plant sites. The maximum desirable limits as per the national ambient air quality standards and the monitored values should correspond with the table. All deviated results shall be reported to engineer, for remedial measures. 8.2.7 Water Quality- Mitigation Table 54: Water Quality CONTROL MITIGATION MEASURES

Sl. Item Impact Impact Mitigation / Enhancement No. (Reason) 1. Loss of water Major, Part or  Land acquisition to be bodies direct complete minimized with

152 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Sl. Item Impact Impact Mitigation / Enhancement No. (Reason) impact acquisition provision of Retaining of source of walls. water  Relocation of ground / surface water sources.

2. Alteration of Very Major bridge  Widening & construction Cross Low constructions of bridges, there will be Drainage Impact Widening of an improvement in the minor drainage characteristics bridges and of the project area. culverts. 3. Runoff and Direct Siltation of  Silt fencing to be drainage Impact water bodies provided. Reduction in  Recharge well to be ground provided to compensate recharge the loss of pervious Increased surface. drainage  Continuous drain is discharge provided, unlined in rural area and lined in urban area.

4. Water Direct Water  Contractor needs to requirement impact requirement obtain approvals for for project for taking adequate construction quantities of water from activity. surface and ground water Water sources. requirement  This is required to avoid for labour depletion of water sources.  Water harvesting structures to be provided.

5. Increased Direct Increased  Silt fencing to be sedimentation impact sediment provided laden run-off  Sediment Control to be after the enforced. nature and capacity of the watercourse 6. Contamination Direct Scarified  Hazardous wastes of Water adverse bitumen (Management and impact wastes Handling) Rules, 1989 to Oil and be enforced. diesel spills  Oil Interceptor will be

153 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Sl. Item Impact Impact Mitigation / Enhancement No. (Reason) Emulsion provided for accidental sprayer and spill of oil and diesel. laying of hot  Rejected material will be mix laid as directed by IC. Production  Septic tank will be facilities for construction for waste the labour disposal and officers. Routine and periodical maintenance 7. Water quality Effectiveness  Measures will be revised monitoring / shortfall (if and improved to mitigate any) / enhance environment Any due to any unforeseen unforeseen impact. impact Loss of Water Resources Loss of water resources includes removal of private and community water resources like hand pumps, water taps, OHTs, ponds, well etc. The losses have been covered under the utility relocation process. Compensatory water supply sources will be set up before the start of construction with location of the new point as close to the original as possible. Drainage and Hydrological flow Various streams and irrigation canals at different locations have intersected the project corridor. To facilitate the cross-drainage at these water crossings, 820 cross-drainage structures including minor bridges, slab culverts are proposed. The proposed span arrangement and other particulars of the structures are provided in the Design Report and main report. Mitigation measures will include contractual obligations for relocation of sources of water supply at locations desired by the host community, provision of balancing culverts of adequate capacity where the level of the formation is being raised, and provision for adequately sized drains to prevent flooding etc. All these measures form a part of the good engineering practice and should be part of the design drawings themselves.  To ensure efficient flow of surface water and to prevent water logging along the side of the roads, adequate size and number of cross-drainage structures have been provided.

154 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

 Detailed drainage surveys and hydrological investigations have been carried out and suitable design of bridges and culverts proposed. The calculations have been presented in the main report and design report.  Provision of lined drains at settlement areas and unlined drains at other areas  In addition to the above design requirements, the contractor and the concessionaire shall ensure that during construction work the following are taken care of:  Construction work near Rivers and other channels and rivers have to be carried out in such a way that flow of water is not blocked and even if it has to be blocked then the contractor and the concessionaire must ensure that the local communities are informed about the same in advance. Work near the water bodies should be carried out in dry season to avoid shortage of water,  Flooding of local drainage channels,  Measures to ensure that remnants from earthwork, stonework and other waste material do not hinder the cross-drainage of rivers, nallahs,  In sections of the road near to watercourses or cross-drainage channels, the construction material waste would be disposed off in a manner not to block the flow of water.  To maintain efficient storm water flow, the roadside drains will be cleaned regularly, especially before the monsoon season. Protection from Run off Road run-off is let off into natural drains of adequate capacity from ditches at the end of formation to prevent destabilisation of the embankment. Release of road run-off directly from the ditches can erode edges of the water body into which the run-off is let off. Scouring of banks of flowing water bodies due to high velocity run-off is also a potential danger. To ensure that run-off does not damage the water body it enters, cascading for scour protection through stepped gabion is recommended. Protecting Water Quality To prevent any degradation of water quality of the various surface and ground water resources due to the proposed project, the contractor and the concessionaire shall work out the following mitigative measures during the construction period:  Provision of necessary mitigation measures at the various locations proposed in the design to prevent contamination and degradation of water quality.  Construction work close to the streams or water bodies must be avoided during monsoon.

155 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

 The discharge standards promulgated under the Environmental Protection Act, 1986 will be strictly adhered to.  Impact on the river / nallah system can be minimised if the bridge construction is taken up during the lean flow season and construction work close to the water bodies avoided during monsoon.  The fuel storage and vehicle cleaning area shall be stationed at least 500m away from the nearest drain / water body  The slope of the embankments leading to water bodies shall be modified and re- channelled to prevent entry of contaminants into the water body.  Silt fencing, oil interceptor has been described in the previous chapter.

Disruption to Other Users of Water during Construction  The contractor will arrange for water required for construction in such a way that the water availability and supply to nearby communities remain unaffected.  If new tube-wells are to be bored, due to the non-availability of water required for construction, prior sanctions and approvals by the Ground Water Department has to be obtained by the contractor  Wastage of water during the construction should be minimised.  Construction over and close to any non-perennial streams shall be carried out in the dry season. Construction over irrigation canals should be carried out so as to minimise any disruption to the flows and to ensure that a high quality of water is maintained.

Water Quality Monitoring Apart from provision of the mitigation measures, water quality shall be monitored to understand the effectiveness and further improvement in designs in reducing the concentration of pollutants. The monitoring plan shall be functional in construction as well as in operation stages. The frequency, duration and responsibility will be as per the Environmental Monitoring Plan. The water quality shall be monitored at all the locations decided by the Authority Engineer besides at other locations identified by the engineer. The maximum desirable limits as per the water quality standards and the monitored values should correspond with the table. All deviated results shall be reported to engineer, for remedial measures. It should be ensured that no construction camps or stockyards are set up near rivers irrigation canals and water bodies to prevent oil spills. 8.2.8 Noise Quality- Mitigation The contribution of project design towards mitigation of increased noise levels would be the improved riding surface and geometry, which will reduce vehicular noise generation, at least

156 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT during the initial years after construction. The mitigation measures for noise are essentially aimed at protecting the receptor. Noise and vibration during construction is a significant impact especially around settlements and inhabited areas. During the construction stage, the most vulnerable population is the construction crew which is subjected to very high noise levels, albeit intermittently. Provision of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) for the crew will be made a part of conditions of contract. Specifying construction timings will prevent disturbance to the local populations. The sources of pollution are:  Mobilisation of heavy construction machinery;  Acceleration / deceleration /gear changes by the vehicles depending on the level of congestion and smoothness of road surface  Excavation for foundations and grading of the site;  Construction of structures and facilities;  Crushing plants, asphalt production plants; and  Loading, transportation and unloading of construction materials

The mitigation measures are:  All construction equipment, plants, machinery and vehicles will follow prescribed noise standards. All construction equipment used for an 8 hour shift shall conform to a standard of less than 90 dB (A). If required, machinery producing high noise as concrete mixers, generators etc, must be provided with noise shields  At construction sites within 500 m of human settlements, noisy construction shall be stopped between 9.00 PM and 6.00 AM;  Vehicles and construction machinery shall be monitored regularly with particular attention to silencers and mufflers to maintain noise levels to minimum;  Workers in the vicinity of high noise levels must wear ear plugs, helmets and should be engaged in diversified activities to prevent prolonged exposure to noise levels of more than 90 dB (A) per 8 hour shift;  Hot mix plant, batching or aggregate plants shall not be located within 500 m of sensitive land use and settlements;  All activities pertaining to procurement, storage, transport and handling of explosives and subsequent blasting will be carried out as per the statutory Indian Explosives Act

157 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

1984. Blasting shall be restricted only to daytime hours. Prior information of blasting operational times shall be given to people living near such blasting sites.  The project road designed is a divided raised carriageway all throughout. This design shall help in reducing the impact of highway noise.  Planting of trees, bushes and shrubs shall also to reduce noise levels. Table 55: AIR QUALITY CONTROL MITIGATION MEASURES

Sl. Item Impact Reason Mitigation / No. Enhancement 1. Sensitive Direct Increase in  Noise barrier receptors impact noise to be provided pollution  Traffic Man, material calming and devises to be machinery used. movements.  No Horn Zone sign Post. 2a. Noise Direct Establishment  Area specific Pollution impact, of labour and for short (Pre- short camps, onsite duration. Construction duration offices, stock  Machinery to Stage) yards and be checked construction and complied plants with noise pollution regulations.  Camps to be setup away from the settlements, in the down wind direction

2b. Noise Marginal Stone  Camps to be Pollution Impact crushing, setup away (Construction asphalt from the Stage) production settlements, in plant and the down wind batching direction. plants, diesel  Noise generators pollution etc. regulation to Community be monitored residing near and enforced. to the work  Temporary as zones. the work zones will be

158 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Sl. Item Impact Reason Mitigation / No. Enhancement changing with completion of construction.

2c. Noise Marginal Due to  Will be Pollution Impact increase in compensated (Operation traffic (due to with the Stage) improved uninterrupted facility) movement of heavy and light vehicles 3. Noise Effectiveness  Measures will Pollution / shortfall (if be revised and Monitoring any) Any improved to unforeseen mitigate / impact enhance environment due to any unforeseen impact.

The effectiveness of mitigation measures and further improvement in designs to reduce the noise level due to construction and operational activity shall be monitored. The frequency, duration and monitoring plan shall be functional in construction as well as in operation stages as per the Environmental Monitoring Plan. Noise shall be monitored at all locations identified in consultation with AE beside the plant sites & other locations identified by the engineer. The country standards are given in National Ambient Noise Standards. Any value / result not within acceptable limits shall be reported to engineer, for remedial measures. 8.2.9 Biological environment- Mitigation: Flora The major adverse impacts on flora shall involve the removal of trees, shrub and ground cover from within the Corridor of Impact. As part of the project preparation, to minimise the loss of trees, clearance of only those trees identified from the design will be removed. Table 56: MITIGATION MEASURES FOR FLORA

Sl. Item Impact Reason Mitigation / No. Enhancement 1. Forest area Direct Endangered  Diversion of forest Impact species and trees land as per Forest will be failed Act  as per Forest Department

159 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Sl. Item Impact Reason Mitigation / No. Enhancement 2. Wild Life Direct Habitation Passes to be provided Impact hampered 3. Trees Direct Increase in soil  Compulsory tree Cutting Impact erosion, silting of plantation in the ratio of water bodies. 1:2. Dust and noise  Option of pollution compensatory Loss of shade and afforestation through loss of tree Forest Department. products  Avenue plantation along corridor, where ever possible.  Identification of incidental spaces (ox bow areas) for group plantation.  Transplantation of trees also explored. 4. Vegetation Direct Increase in soil  Clearing and grubbing Impact erosion, silting of will be minimised, and water bodies, sprinkled with water to noise pollution, reduce dust pollution. dust pollution  Exposed surface like embankment slopes will be protected with stone pitching and turfing.  Open land in and around plant will be vegetated. 5. Cattle Direct Loss of grazing Nil Grazing impact lands Transplantation  In order to minimise the negative impact of tree felling, it is proposed to transplant a minimum of 1/3rd of trees proposed for felling.  Thus a minimum of 13108trees are proposed for transplantation and the cost has been budgeted.  However, a budget for 78648 trees (twice the number of 39324 trees) have been considered for compensatory afforestation purpose  The contractor to identify trees that can be transplanted and adopt methodology for transplantation. The methodology shall be approved by the AE

160 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Avenue and Block Plantation  Avenue plantation along corridor, where ever possible given to compensate the loss of trees due to felling.  The plantation scheme shall involve a plantation contractor who shall supply and maintain the plantation.  Native indigenous trees species shall be used as far as practicable, strictly avoiding any exotic (but popular) species like Eucalyptus sp. that can have far-reaching adverse effects on the ecology and water regime of the area.  Endeavour to initiate plantations before the construction is complete so that the trees are at least a year or two old when the project is completed.  The collector shall work out the number of trees to be planted around junctions and for enhancement purposes.  Cost for a total of 78648 flowering, shade, medicinal, ornamental & fruit bearing trees in suitable area including plantation and maintenance for the entire duration of the contract period has been budgeted. This number of trees are excluding the trees to be planted for compensatory plantation  Pure avenue plantation with single species like Terminalia arjuna (arjuna), Magnifera indica (mango), Azadirachta indica (neem) only to be planted for a few kilometres (or, the stretch between two market places for example) to provide harmonious and pleasing look, and a regular and wavelike skyline. This row of trees forms the first and innermost line.

 Selection of tree species in outer rows (where multiple rows can be accommodated) has been considered from economic point of view. Therefore, trees that provide fuel and fruit as well as small timber for agricultural implements have been suggested.

Fauna As the entire corridor comes within the forest area and passes through the ESZ/PA Boundary of Shirui National Park, there are very few significant fauna species along the highway. The following measures need to be taken up during the construction stage by the contractor.  All works are to be carried out such that minimum damage and disruption to fauna is caused  Construction workers shall be instructed to protect natural resources and fauna, including wild animals and aquatic life.  Hunting and unauthorised fishing shall be prohibited.

161 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

 During construction, at any point of time, if a rare / endangered / threatened fauna species is spotted, the contractor and the concessionaire shall make all arrangements to intimate the wild life authorities and measures will be taken as for is conservation during the operation period also. 8.2.10 Social environment- Mitigation: The development of the road shall require acquisition of land under urban and rural stretches. The urban and rural stretches along the road have been identified. Payment for land acquisition shall be made keeping in mind the type of land. Loss of land: The ROW has been minimized in order to keep the land acquisition to the minimum. Elaborate geometric improvements have been restricted in order to keep shifting of alignment to the minimum. Cultural resources: The project proposes the relocation/ replacement of all community resources likely to be impacted. Apart from replacing these community resources along the highway generic enhancement measures have been worked out for the enhancement of these resources Loss of access: The contractor shall provide safe and convenient passage for vehicles, pedestrians and livestock to and from side roads and property access connecting the project road. The construction activities that shall affect the use of side roads and existing access to individual properties shall not be undertaken without providing adequate provisions. The construction works will not interfere with the convenience of the public or the access to, use and occupation of public or private roads whether public or private. Traffic control during construction: The contractor shall provide safe and convenient passage for vehicles, pedestrians and livestock to and from side roads and  Detailed Traffic Control Plans will be prepared prior to commencement of works on any section of the project road by the contractor. These plans shall be approved by the AE and Client prior to execution. The traffic control plans will contain details of temporary diversions details of arrangements for construction under traffic and details of traffic arrangement after cessation of work each day.  Temporary diversion (including scheme of temporary and acquisition) will be constructed with the approval of the Engineer. Special consideration will be given in the preparation of the traffic control plan to the safety of pedestrians and workers at night.

162 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

 The Contractor will ensure that the running surface is always properly maintained, particularly during the monsoon so that no disruption to the traffic flow occurs. The temporary traffic detours will be kept free of dust by frequent application of water, if necessary.  The Contractor will take all necessary measures for the safety of traffic during construction and provide, erect and maintain such barricades, including signs, markings, flags, lights and flagmen as may be required by the Engineer for the information and protection of traffic approaching or passing through the section of the highway under improvement.

Risk associated: The Contractor is required to comply with all the precautions as required for the safety of the workmen as per the International Labour Organisation (ILO) Convention No.62 as far as those are applicable to this contract. The contractor will supply all necessary safety appliances such as safety goggles, helmets, masks, etc., to the workers and staff. The contractor has to comply with all regulation regarding sage scaffolding, ladders, working platforms, gangway, stairwells, excavations, trenches and safe means of entry and egress. Precautions have to be taken from the following:  Damage from electric equipment. All necessary fencing and lights will be provided to protect the public. All machines to be used in the construction will conform to the relevant Indian Standards (IS) codes, will be free from patent defect, will be kept in good working order, will be regularly inspected and properly maintained as per IS provision  Risk from Hazardous activity: All workers employed on mixing asphaltic material, cement, lime mortars, concrete etc., will be provided with protective footwear and protective goggles. Workers, who are engaged in welding works, would be provided with welder’s protective eye-shields. Stonebreakers will be provided with protective goggles and clothing and will be seated at sufficiently safe intervals. The use of any toxic chemical, if any will be strictly in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. The Engineer will be given at least 6 working days’ notice of the proposed use of any toxic chemical. A register of all toxic chemicals delivered to the site will be kept and maintained up to date by the Contractor and the concessionaire. The register will include the trade name, physical properties and characteristics,

163 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

chemical ingredients, health and safety hazard information, handling and storage procedures, and emergency and first and procedures for the product.  Lead pollution: No man below the age of 18 years and no woman will be employed on the work of painting with products containing lead in any form. No paint containing lead or lead products will be used except in the form of paste or readymade paint. Face masks will be supplied for use by the workers when paint is applied in the form of spray or a surface having lead paint dry rubbed and scrapped.  Fire, flood, frowning, etc. All necessary steps will be taken for prompt first aid treatment of all injuries likely to be sustained during the course of work.  Explosives: Contractor will comply with the requirements of the following sub- clauses of this clause besides the law of the land as applicable. The Contractor will at all times take every possible precaution and will comply with appropriate laws and regulations relating to the importation, handling, transportation, storage and use of explosives and will, at all times when engaged in blasting operations, post sufficient warning flagmen, to the full satisfaction of the Engineer. The Contractor will at all times make full liaison with and inform well in advance and obtain such permission as is required from all government authorities, public bodies and private parties whatsoever concerned or affected or likely to be concerned or affected by blasting operations.  Malarial risk: Contractor shall conform to all anti-malarial instructions given to him by the Engineer; including filling up any borrow pits which may have been dug by him. Gravid, blood-laden mosquitoes cannot fly very far, so they generally bite within a kilometre or so of their breeding place. Thus borrow pits and any other water bodies created during the construction process will be situated 1 to 2km away from the human settlements. Pits dug up closer than these will be adequately drained to prevent water logging. Similarly compensatory measures for filling up part of the water bodies situated adjacent to the project corridors will be directed towards deepening of the water bodies concerned. This way the capacity of the water body remains the same, while water surface available for breeding of mosquitoes is reduced. This will have an additional advantage of decreased evaporation losses, which will be important in the water-scarce project corridor.  First aid: At every workplace, a readily available first and unit including an adequate supply of sterilized dressing material and appliances will be provided as per the

164 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Factory Rules. Workplaces remote and far away from regular hospitals will have indoor heath units with one bed for every 250 workers. Suitable transport will be provided to facilitate take injured or ill person(s) to the nearest applicable hospital. At every workplace an ambulance room containing the prescribed equipment and nursing staff will be provided as prescribed.  Potable water: In every workplace at suitable and easily accessible places a sufficient supply of cold potable water (as per IS) will be provided and maintained.  Hygiene: The Contractor during the progress of work will provide, erect and maintain necessary (temporary) living accommodation and ancillary facilities for labour to standards and scales approved by the AE. There will be provided within the precincts of every workplace, latrines and urinals in an accessible place, and the accommodation, separately for each for these, as per standards set by the Building and other Construction Workers (regulation of Employment and Conditions of service) Act, 1996. Except in workplaces provided with water-flushed latrines connected with a water borne sewage system, all latrines will be provided with dry-earth system (receptacles) which will be cleaned at least four times daily and at least twice during working hours and kept in a strict sanitary condition. Receptacles will be tarred inside and outside at least once a year. If women are employed, separate latrines and urinals, screened from those for men and marked Woman in vernacular will be provided. There will be adequate supply of water, close to latrines and urinals. All temporary accommodation must be constructed and maintained in such a fashion that uncontaminated water is available for drinking, cooking and washing. The sewage system for the camp must be properly designed, built and operated so that no health hazard occurs and no pollution to the air, ground or adjacent watercourses take place. Compliance with the relevant legislation must be strictly adhered to. Garbage bins must be provided in the camp and regularly emptied and the garbage disposed of in a hygienic manner. Construction camps are to be sited away from vulnerable people and adequate health care is to be provided for the work force. Unless otherwise arranged for by the local sanitary authority, arrangement for proper disposal of excreta by incineration at the workplace will be made by means of a suitable incinerator approved by the local medical health or municipal authorities. Alternatively, excreta may be disposed of by putting a layer of night soils at the bottom of a permanent tank prepared for the purpose and covering it with 15 cm layer of waste or refuse and then

165 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

covering it with a layer of earth for a fortnight (by then it will turn into manure). On completion of the works, the whole of such temporary structures will be cleared away, all rubbish burnt, excreta or other disposal pits or trenches filled in and effectively scaled off and the whole of the site left clean and tidy, at the contractor’s expense, to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer. 8.3 IMPLEMENTATION ARRANGEMENT: The institutional arrangement proposed for this project has been presented here with newly defined roles and responsibilities. The responsibility of implementing the mitigation measures lies with the Client. All construction activities being taken up by the contractor selected through International Competitive Bidding. The Authority’s Engineer shall monitor the implementation of the work on behalf of client. The contractor will be responsible for planning all Environmental Management Plan (EMP) activities. In the pre-construction phase of the project the concessionaire shall study the EMP to identify environmental issues and arrive at a suitable strategy for implementation. Client is responsible for the implementation of the provisions made within the EMP through its site offices. The services of Authority’s Engineer will be procured to assist the site offices for monitoring the environmental aspects of the project during implementation. The Environmental Expert of the AE shall be the key personnel to ensure the successful implementation of EMP provisions. The Environmental Specialist of the AE will be a key position, which can be leveraged to ensure that the contractor complies with the various EMP requirements. The EMP prepared for the Project road under EPC, needs to be followed during the implementation of the civil works. The EMP is integrated in the technical specification and contract documents. The key responsibility of the Environmental Specialist will be the successful implementation of the EMP. In addition, he / she will update Client on the progress of environmental protection and / or enhancement works as envisaged in the EMP. It is envisaged that the responsibilities of the Environmental specialist of the AE will include:  Supervise and monitor the implementation of EMP by the Contractor

 Review and approve site-specific environmental mitigation / enhancement designs worked out by the contractor based on the EMP prepared during project preparation

 Review and recommend the contractors’ Implementation Plans for approval (with any changes that may be necessary) to ensure compliance with the environmental provisions of the Contract

166 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

 Monitor tree plantation programs and the periodic Environmental Monitoring (Air, Noise, Water, etc.) Programs to ensure compliance with the State requirements and the EMP.  Hold regular meetings with client and keep it updated on the progress of site works  Prepare and submit Environmental progress report to Client  Develop and organise environmental training programmes to upgrade the skills within the staff of the environmental cell, contractors  Document and develop good practices during project implementation for wider dissemination  The project will require continuous environmental supervision from the AE’s side. Since the Environmental Specialist for AE projects are deployed on intermittent basis, it is desirable to have the field engineers supervising construction can be trained on environmental aspects, who then shall apprise the Team Leader and the Environmental Specialist of any significant development on environment. Contractor: Execution of works will be the responsibility of the contractor. In case the contractor decides to execute the work by himself then the responsibilities of the Environmental Officer shall also be performed by him. The contractor shall be responsible for both the jobs done by the petty contactor (if Sublet) as well by him. This has been done with a view to ensure that road construction and environmental management go together. Roles & Responsibilities  The Environmental Officer shall report directly to the Resident Construction Manager / Project Manager so that the pertinent environmental issues that he raises are promptly dealt with.  He shall also have a direct interaction with the Environmental Expert and the Environmental Officer of the AE  Monitor / implement measures laid out in the EMP and or as directed by the AE for the work executed both by petty contractors and the contractor.  Provide key inputs in the development of the Contractors’ implementation plan for all construction activities, including haulage of material to site, adhering to the requirements of the EMP and getting approval of concessionaire and the AE on the same before start of works.

167 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

 Ensure that the regulatory permissions required for the construction equipment, vehicles and machinery (given in the EMP) have been obtained and are valid at all times during the execution of the project.  Prepare / fill up the environmental and safety related forms given in the EMP  Prepare Safety Plans, Emergency Response Plans and Quarry Management and other safety, health and environment related Plans for approval of the AE.  Identify locations for siting construction camps and other plants, machinery, vehicles and equipment, as well as locations for storage and disposal of wastes, both from the construction camps and from the site and obtain approval for the same from the AE.  Detail out site-specific environmental mitigation and enhancement measures and obtain approval of AE for the same  Carry out the measurements of environmental mitigation and / or enhancement works

the workers and other site users is not compromised during construction  Ensure that adequate monitoring facilities are available for collecting samples of all discharges from the Contractor’s plants, equipment and camps  Verify the extent of environmental compliance at sites from where the Contractor is procuring the material – quarries, crushers or even sand and suggest appropriate mitigation measures, if required

Responsible for implementation of safety and health regulations if also acting as safety officer.

168

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

9.1 INTRODUCTION The widening of the roads will no doubt bring positive social and environmental impacts but during widening some negative impacts are envisaged. The environmental impacts may be direct, indirect or cumulative i.e. impacts on nearby communities and the natural environment, impacts on peoples and properties falling in the direct path of road development, impacts on people indirectly affected by way of disruption of livelihood, impacts on breakages in the accustomed travel paths and community linkages, impacts arising from land acquisition and resettlement, impacts on indigenous people, impacts on human safety, etc. EMP is the tool, which suggests mitigation measures to minimize the adverse impact. 9.1.1 Specific Activities by NHIDCL The role of NHIDCL in the implementation of EMP involves the following activities: • Prior Wildlife Clearance from MoEF

• Permission from Forest Department for felling of trees

9.1.2 Specific Activities by Contractor The activities to be performed by the concessionaire to implement the EMP shall comprise the following: • Confirm the Tree Cutting Schedule based on the final design and provide modified schedule to NHIDCL.

• Fell the trees after NHIDCL secures Forest Department permission

• Selection of material sources (quarry, borrow materials, water, sand etc.).

• Selection, design and layout of construction areas, hot mix and batching plants, labour camps etc.

• Apply for and obtain all the necessary clearances from the agencies concerned after finalizing the locations of the sites. (Refer Table 30)

• Planning traffic diversions and detours including arrangements for temporary land acquisition.

• Plant and maintain 78648 flowering, shade, medicinal, ornamental & fruit bearing trees in suitable area for the entire duration of the contract period.

• Identify, transplant and maintain 13108 trees of various girth, height and species for the entire duration of the project period

170 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

9.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN: The Environmental Management Plan consists of a set of mitigation, monitoring and institutional measures to be taken up during design, construction and operation stages of the project to prevent/reduce environmental impacts to permissible levels including actions needed to implement these measures. The key components are: n of potentially adverse impacts.

n, construction and operation The main objectives are to mitigate the various adverse impacts and enhance positive impacts. The objectives at various stages of the project planning and design and implementation stages are as follows. Design Phase mize impact on roadside trees, forests and vegetation cover.

design. environmental degradation.

Construction Stage

implemental mitigation measures to be carried out by the contractor. by strengthening implementation arrangement. Operation Stage soil, noise etc. afety of road users and the roadside communities 9.2.1 Pre-Construction Stage Prior to start of the construction work, the following activities need to be taken by CLIENT of R&B. The details of actions to be taken along with responsible supervision organization and authority for each activity are presented in Table below:

Table 57: ACTION PLAN FOR PRE-CONSTRUCTION PERIOD

171 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Responsible supervising Projected related issues Action to be taken organization /authority Preparation of land Design Consultant, Contractor and acquisition plan and Initiate and complete the process for CLIENT of R&B & Revenue acquisition of land & land acquisition Dept. structures Implementation of R & R R & R Operation for affected R&B and Revenue Dept. framework community as per policy provisions Public Utilities need to be shifted as Concerned Departments, Relocation of Public Utilities per the utility shifting plan Contractor and CLIENT Fill up application form for obtaining Consent to Establish from Consent to EstablishMPCB and and follow R&B MSPCB subsequent actions, if any For revenue areas: Application is to be submitted to District Collector and He will forward it to Concerned Revenue Dept., Forest Dept. and Tree Cutting DFO and joint enumeration shall be NHIDCL conducted by Forest Dept. with NHIDCL For Forest Areas: Joint enumeration shall be conducted by concerned DFOs after submission of Forest Dept. and NHIDCL Application for Diversion of Forest Land The location proposed by the Design Consultant is only indicative only. Contractor is not bound to follow all Revenue Dept., Forest Dept. etc. Borrow Areas, Quarry Areas, those locations. If Contractor decides and Plant sites etc. to identify new sites. The activity NHIDCL shall fall under the construction stage. 9.2.2 Pre-construction activities by CLIENT Prior to the mobilization, the Client will ensure that an encumbrance free CoI is handed over to enable the start of construction. The RoW clearance involves the following activities:

• Acquisition of land and structures

• Clearance of the RoW including removal of trees, and

• Relocation of common property resources impacted, including cultural properties as temples and community assets as hand pumps and other utilities.

• Formal arrangements for maintenance of enhancement sites

172 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

9.2.3 Pre-construction activities The pre-construction stage involves mobilisation of the Contractor, the activities undertaken by the Contractor pertaining to the planning of logistics and site preparation necessary for commencing construction activities. The activities include:

• Field verification of EMP by the Contractor • Procurement of construction equipment / machinery such as crushers, hot mix plants, batching plants and other construction equipment and machinery. • Identification and selection of material sources (quarry and borrow material, water, sand etc.).

• Selection, design and layout of construction areas, hot mix and batching plants, labour camps etc.

• Planning traffic diversions and detours, including arrangements for temporary land acquisition. 9.2.4 Construction Stage 9.3.4.1 Construction Stage Activities by Contractor Construction stage is the most crucial stage in terms of activities that require careful management to avoid environmental impacts. Activities that trigger the need for environmental measures to be followed include:

• Imbibing environmental principles at all stages of construction as good engineering practices. • Implementation of site-specific mitigation/management measures suggested • Monitoring the quality of environment along the construction sites (as air, noise, water, soil) and • Enhancement designs at specific locations suggested.

There are several other environmental issues that have been addressed as part of good engineering practices, the costs for which have been accounted for in the Engineering Costs. They include improvement of roadside drainage, provision of additional cross drainage structures or raising of road height in flood prone stretches, provision of cattle crossings and reconstruction and improvement of bunds of the affected water bodies. 9.3.4.2 Construction Stage Activities by Client The construction stage involves the following activities by PIU: • Tree plantation along project corridors and bypasses and landscaping along junctions by the Contractor. • Monitoring of environmental conditions through approved monitoring agency

173 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

9.2.5 Operation Stage Operation stage actives are to be carried out by the Environmental Cell. The activities involved are as follows;

▪ Monitoring of operational performance of the various mitigation/enhancement measures carried out as part of the project. 9.2.6 Other Activities Orientation of Implementation agency staff towards project specific issues of EMP implementation Conducting additional studies for issues identified during any stage of project preparation/ implementation. 9.3 SITE SPECIFIC MANAGEMENT PLAN Possible environmental impacts will be mitigated during the design/ pre-rehabilitation, rehabilitation and operation phases as summarised in the Environmental Management Plan. A basic assessment of the proposed road construction and rehabilitation project concluded that the rehabilitation impacts will be minor, reversible and manageable if the mitigation measures as given in the EMP are properly implemented. 9.3.1 Mitigation Plan The findings and proposed mitigation measures have been complied into an Environmental Mitigation Plan. It summarises all the anticipated environmental impacts and its associated mitigation measures during the design, rehabilitation and operational phases. It makes reference to the law and contract documents, approximate location, timeframe, and the responsibility for its implementation and supervision. Contractor Management The recommendations and proposed mitigation measures, as shown in the annexure will be attached to the Project Bidding Documents and subsequently the Contractors’ contract. Mitigation measures will be incorporated as part of the standard design and rehabilitation practices and such their costs will be included in the rehabilitation cost. This will be refined during the detailed design stage. Inadequate application of the EMP by the contractor may occur due to weak linkages of the EMP with the contract documents. The EMP is a part of the work program and as such it must be addressed by the contractor and carried out as required. The contractor will be required to provide a short statement that confirms that: i. EMP conditions have been costed into the bid price. ii. The contractor has a qualified and experienced person on the Contractor’s team who will be responsible for the environmental compliance requirements of the EMP

174 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

iii. The Contractor and its sub-contractors will comply with Manipur laws, MoEF standards and site requirements Design Phase Mitigation measures will be incorporated as part of the standard design and rehabilitation cost. This will be refined during the detailed design stage. In addition to addressing the requirements of the mitigation plan the following additional activities, will be carried out during the design phase in preparation for the mobilization of the project. Site organization study incorporates environmental, health and safety protection measures that meet legal and Authority requirements (including the measures defined in the EMP and safety labour management plan.) The plan will contain basic requirements related to: 1. Provision of materials needed for construction works 2. Material transport 3. Material placement 4. Site Organization 5. Waste Management 6. The right-of-way arrangement (cleaning) Technical specifications for work execution which address environmental, health and safety protection measures: 1. Preliminary works 2. Rehabilitation works on the existing pavement 3. Earth works 4. Drainage 5. Traffic signage systems NHIDCL is responsible for checking that the EMP and SLMP requirements are incorporated into the site organisation. Rehabilitation Phase Mobilisation – Contractor EMP During the rehabilitation, the Contractor will work according to the requirements of the Contractor’s Environmental Plan (CEP) which has been prepared by the contractor and approved by NHIDCL. Supervision and monitoring of the CEP activities will be undertaken as follows: i. The contractor has the initial responsibility for preparing and implementing the CEP as per the works contract.

175 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

ii. The Authority Engineer will direct the Contractor with regard to compliance with the CEP iii. The NHIDCL/ Authority Engineer will carry out independent monitoring the work and can issue Defect Notices to the RE who will transmit these to the Contractor. iv. The contractor will have his own representative on site – the Site Engineer (SE) who will be responsible for implementing the contractor and complying with the CEP. Contractor prepares CEP following the award of the Contractor will prepare a Contractor’s Environmental Plan (CEP) that addresses the conditions of the rehabilitation in the EMP that has been attached to the Bid and Contract Documents including measures to comply with national legislation and Authority’s requirements. The CEP will detail how the Contractor will address the activities in the rehabilitation section of the EMP. The contractor will submit the CEP to the Authority for approval. Following the approval of the CEP, the contractor together with the person on the Contractor’s staff who will be responsible for supervising the CEP will meet the Project Supervision Consultant PSC (Environment) on site. If plan is appropriate and implementable, the PSC will advise the Authority Engineer that the Contractor can now commence the work. Rehabilitation Works Preparation of site and establishment of contractor‘s facilities: This applies to all of the Contractor‘s facilities, storage areas, workshops, labour camps (when needed), concrete batching areas, asphalt plant, etc. The location and development of the Contractors’ facilities will be approved by the Authority Engineer. Locations will be selected so that: 1. They do not interfere with the environment and social well-being of the surrounding communities re noise, dust. vibration, etc., 2. the size of contractor‘s facilities are limited to absolute minimum to reduce unnecessary clearing of vegetation, 3. Sanitary waste and grey waters are treated before release into surface water systems, in accordance with the Law on water. 4. The sites are properly drained. Paved areas, including vehicle parking areas, workshops and fuel storage areas are to drain to an oil and water separator, and 5. Fuel storage areas are not located within 20m of a water course. The contractor‘s facilities are to be contained within an adequate security fence. 6. Clearing of sites and removal and disposal of vegetation: 7. Wherever possible limit area to be cleared and avoid excessive machine

176 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

disturbance of the topsoil. 8. Cleared material is to be piled into manageable sized heaps according to disposal or re-use requirements. TABLE 58: POSSIBLE LOCATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION PLANT

Distance from Sl. Chainage Settlements/ Package Coordinates Side Place No. (km) Institutional Buildings 25°33'0.78"N 1 Package 4 122.000 Left Jessami 20 m 94°29'19.82"E *Note: The location of plants such as Batch mix Plant, Crusher Plant, Hot Mix Plant, Asphalt Plant etc. shall be established at same location so as other areas are not affected due to the pollutions caused by the plants

Figure 41: LOCATION OF CAMP SITE 4 Prevention of soil erosion on construction site: The contractor will be responsible for ensuring that the erosion is contained by soil conservation protection methods. The contractor will:

1. Limit the extent of excavation to reduce soil erosion potential. 2. Apply soil conservation protection methodology to susceptible areas to prevent / minimize storm water runoff carrying eroded materials off-site. 3. Avoid excavation and operating machinery in wet ground conditions. 4. Where fuel in excess of 5,000 litres is stored on site, it will be stored in sealed

177 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

tanks on a concrete base that is bunded to hold 110% of the tank capacity. 5. All workshops would be provided with oil and water separators.

6. The contractor must have trained personnel who are competent in fuel handling procedures and for cleaning up accidental spills. 7. All waste oil, oil and fuel filters will be collected and disposed of in secure landfill areas. At the closure of the site, all contaminated soil will be excavated, removed and replaced with fresh topsoil. Environmental Management during Rehabilitation works Considering all the identified impacts, it becomes essential for the Contractor to prepare and later conscientiously implement the EMP throughout the duration of the project to ensure compliance with legislative and Lender requirements. The emphasis of the EMP shall be on the following: 1. Layout of the work camp and details of the proposed measures to address adverse environmental impacts resulting from its installation. Description and layout of equipment maintenance areas and lubricant and fuel storage facilities including distance from water sources/bodies; Table 59: Possible Locations for Labour Camp

Sl. Package Chainage Coordinates Side Place No. (km) 4 Package 4 122.000 25°33'0.78"N Left Jessami 94°29'19.82"E 2. Sewage and seepage management plan for provision of sanitary latrines and proper sewage collection and disposal system to prevent pollution of watercourses 3. A plan (mechanism and organizational structure) detailing the means by which local people and other project affected persons (PAP) can raise grievances arising from the rehabilitation process and how these will be addressed (e.g., through dialogues, consultations, etc.). 4. Soil Management Plan detailing measures to be undertaken to minimize effects of wind and water erosion on stockpiles, measures to minimize loss of fertility of topsoil, timeframes, haul routes and disposal site; 5. Dust management plan which shall include schedule for water spraying on access road and in nearby settlements along the project road, as well as list of equipment to be used; this applies to all of construction sites and haul roads. During rehabilitation, when dust may be generated, the Contractor will monitor

178 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

the worksite conditions and apply dust control measures, which include reducing construction traffic movements and spraying water on exposed areas. 6. A plan indicating the location of the proposed material extraction site as well as rehabilitation measures to be implemented for the borrow areas and access roads upon project completion; 7. Waste and wastewater management plan. Disposal of waste materials: All construction waste materials including drums, lumber, sand and gravel, cement bags etc. are to be suitably disposed of. If these cannot be recovered for scrap value these materials should be taken to an approved landfill sites for safe disposal. Hazardous waste will be stored and removed from the construction site on demobilization, in accordance with the Law on Waste management. The Contractor’s SSIP (Site Specific Implementation Plan) should cover all aspects of waste management, including implementation of practice standards such as reduce, re-use and recycle. It should specify final disposal alignments for all waste and demonstrate compliance to national legislation and best practice procedures on waste management. The Waste Management Plan will, as a minimum, include details of temporary waste storage, waste transfer and pre-treatment prior to final disposal or recycling. Licensed/approved facilities for solid and liquid waste disposal must be used and a duty of care and chain of custody for all waste leaving the site will be followed. As part of the plan Contractors will be expected to produce waste handling forms for chain of custody, which will be used to control waste leaving site. Thus the waste controller will keep a copy of the form and the driver will always carry a copy and will ensure that the load is signed for at the final disposal site. All records will be kept by the Contractor for audit purposes and to demonstrate that the project is complying with best practice and applicable legislation. 8. Oil and fuel storage management plan. The Contractor’s SSIP should cover all procedures for storage, transportation and usage of oils and fuels, refuelling of plant and machinery and procedures for minimizing the risk of ground and water contamination. All oils and fuels will be required to be stored within secondary containment of 110 % capacity and all spillages shall be cleaned up immediately. Re-fuelling vehicles will carry Spill Kits to enable spillages to be cleaned up as soon as possible. All categories of spillage will be reported in accordance with the

179 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Plan to be developed by The Contractor. Toolbox Talks would be expected to be delivered on an ongoing basis as continued training‟ and following any significant incident. 9. Camp management plan. The Contractor’s SSIP should contain procedures for establishing and operating construction camps in order to safeguard nearby communities and environmental resources. 10. Emergency response plan. The Contractor’s SSIP should contain procedures for emergency response in the event of accidents or major incidents, in order to safeguard people, property and environmental resources. Details of the spill response equipment to be provided on site are to be specified. 11. Noise – all equipment is licensed and approved in accordance with CPCB standards. This applies to all machinery, vehicles and construction sites where noise and vibration may affect susceptible receptors. The contractor will be responsible for ensuring that noise and vibration does not affect the adjacent communities, in accordance with the Law on noise protection. While it is unlikely that noise and vibration will be an issue due to the large distances between the activities and the communities the Contractor will confine all work to daylight hours (0700hrs - 1700hrs) should the community find that any night time operations become a nuisance. 12. Rehabilitation Plan: Clearance and rehabilitation of construction sites and removal of contractor‘s facilities: It is the contractor the Contractor‘s responsibility to address site clean-up. This includes the removal of all waste materials, machinery and any contaminated soil. The contractor will develop a plan for handover, sale or removal of all plant, vehicles and machinery to ensure that no unserviceable items are left on the construction site, in accordance with the Law on Waste management (MoEF Guidelines). All construction sites and work areas will be rehabilitated so that these can be returned as close as possible to their previous uses. This includes the stabilization and landscaping of all of the construction sites. No waste will be left on site after the work is completed, in accordance with the Law on environmental protection (Environment Protection Act, 1986). Should the Contractor fail to remove the waste, the PERS is entitled to withhold payment and arrange the clean-up and deduct the cost of the clean-up and administrative charges from the final payment.

180 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Safety Safety and Hazard Assessment: Before commencing work, the Contractor will be required to identify potential hazards. Provisions for emergency responses are to be included in the Contractor’s site safety plan which is to include nomination of a person who will be immediately contacted if an accident occur. The site safety plan will be submitted to the Authority Engineer for approval one week prior to starting work. 1. The contractor will be required to keep the site free of drugs and alcohol. 2. The contractor‘s site safety plan will include provision for a safe work environment and provide safety measures and protective equipment to all workers including; hand, head, eye and ear protection and safety footwear. 3. The site safety plan will include provision for first aid facilities on-site and employ a trained first aid person, in accordance with the Law on Safety and Health at work. 4. The contractor will provide supplies of potable water, toilets and wash water to the workers. 5. Safety and Labour Management Plan (SLMP), prepared by the PERS, will be consisting part of bidding documentation, in order to ensure H&S provisions during rehabilitation works. 6. Contractor is obliged to perform all project activities by respecting SMP recommendations and all Serbian laws and sub-laws which are covering H&S issues. The PERS and Contractor together have responsibility for reporting and investigating incidents. Community safety from increased vehicle movements: This applies to all vehicles and particularly to haul trucks that pass through villages. The contractor will ensure that all vehicles which pass through villages are operated safely without endangering these communities. The contractor is to ensure that: 1. all trucks and equipment is maintained in a safe operating condition, 2. all drivers and machinery operators are trained and act responsibly (to be stipulated in the Contractor‘s site safety plan), 3. all loads are secured and all loads with potential dust generating materials (e.g. excavated soil and sand) will be covered with tarpaulins, 4. the Contractor will immediately remove any drivers that ignore any of the community safety requirements.

181 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

5. Speed limits will be observed Prior to commencement of construction activities/site works, all of the above plans will be submitted by the Contractor to the Sector for Investment within the PERS for approval. Following the completion of works a Site restoration will take place. It’s Contractor obligation to restore location of the project as it was at beginning of the project. Operational Phase People Safety: During operation, according to the assessment performed within the design phase, road safety features will include (i) measures to slow the traffic; e.g. decreasing of speed at selected places (e.g. settlements, schools, markets, etc.), (ii) dust suppression sealing, (iii) improvements in road signage and pavement markings, and (iv) attention to road accident black spots. Road Maintenance: Routine maintenance (grading, grass cutting, drain clearing, and pothole patching and shoulder repairs, together with regular control and maintenance of drainage structures and retention) will be undertaken on regular basis. Seasonal maintenance such as flood repairs, emergency maintenance to reinstate roads after major failures, and the regular upkeep of safety features and road signs will be undertaken as necessary. Major maintenance that include resurfacing and repairs are typically scheduled over periods of several years. 9.3.2 Guidelines for Tree Felling Any tree faller should ensure that they should follow the five step tree felling plan: 1. Site Assessment  Access the stand for hazards relating to the trees, terrain, other operations and power lines.  Access the strength and direction of the wind and whether it will affect the safety. 2. Individual tree assessment  Look for tree defects, decay, heavy lean, or any other characteristics of the tree that may affect the felling plan.  Note the ground condition and soil moisture.  Check the surrounding trees for interlocked branches, dead tops or branches that may fall into the work area.  Determine if you can fell it safely and plan the felling cuts.  Decide on the felling direction. This will help determine which side of the tree will be the safest for the escape route. 3. Preparation of the work area and escape route  Clear vegetation and obstacles from around the base of the tree.

182 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

 Always think about your escape route before you begin any felling cuts. Where possible, the escape route should be at a 45-degree angle opposite the felling direction (see Figure 1).  Be sure your escape route is clear of obstacles or hazards before beginning.

Figure 42: Escape Routes during the Felling

4. Fell the tree using safe felling techniques  Good felling technique is critical to safe, accurate, consistent results.  All trees over 200mm at the stump must be felled using a scarf and back cut.  The degree of forward or back lean will determine how many wedges and/or whether a pull rope will be necessary and how much power may be required to pull the tree over. 5. Retreat and observe  Remember to finish the felling cut on the safe side of the tree and use your escape route as soon as the tree begins to fall.  Watch for falling material and be far enough from the base of the tree to avoid a kick back, butt swing, or bounce.  Avoid walking directly behind the tree. 9.3.2 MONITORING PLAN A monitoring plan for the proposed Project (Annexure) has been prepared. The main components of the monitoring plans include:

 Environmental issue to be monitored and the means of verification,  Specific areas, locations and parameters to be monitored;

183 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

 Applicable standards and criteria;  Monitoring of noise levels near residential areas  Monitoring of the procurement of materials (checks that valid permits are in place)

 Duration and frequency and estimated monitoring costs; and  Duration and frequency and estimated monitoring costs; and  Institutional responsibilities for monitoring and supervision.

A field monitoring checklist has been prepared based on the EMP and monitoring plan (Annexure). The field monitoring checklist will be used by the supervising field engineers. The signed checklists will be provided to the PERS who will be responsible for the follow-up and compliance reporting. The PERS will maintain a Complaints Database, which will contain all the information on complaints or grievances received from the communities or other stakeholders. This would include: the type of complaint, location, time, actions to address these complaints, and final outcome. Monitoring shall be done on a regular basis. The locations for the monitoring the site shall be placed near the Batch Mix Camps and the work sites so that regular monitoring can be carried out. 9.3.2.1 Cultural Properties The relocation issue of the cultural properties like temples, mazars etc. that are directly or partially impacted are taken up in RAP. Service lanes are proposed to provide access to most of the cultural property. Where ever possible the contractor shall try to enhance the aesthetic of the area. 9.3.2.2 Sensitive Features • Noise barriers in the form of compound walls shall be built

• The educational institutes (mainly primary and high schools) and hospitals wherein no direct impacts of the road widening shall happen, the existing compound walls shall be raised to a height of 2m.

• In case where in there shall be partial impacts, new boundary wall which shall also act as noise barrier shall be constructed to a height of 2 m

• Service roads are also proposed at almost all those locations where sensitive features like educational institutes and hospitals are present.

• At some locations underpasses have been proposed in the vicinity

184 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

9.3.2.3 Community properties • Some community properties like graveyards are impacted. The relocation / rehabilitation shall be as recommended in the RAP

• New bus shelters along with bus bays are proposed in place of the existing bus shelters which are directly impacted.

• Water resources to be impacted shall be relocated prior to construction works

9.4 IMPLEMENTATION OF EMP The Environmental Officer of the concessionaire should be available for the entire duration of the project. The Environmental Officer of the concessionaire shall be primarily responsible for compliance of EMP. The Environmental Specialist of the AE who should ideally be deployed for the entire duration shall monitor the compliance of the EMP. The key issues that require special attention along with the mitigations and enhancement measures to be implemented have been detailed in Table below.

185 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN PRE-CONSTRUCTION STAGE Responsibility Sl. Environme Reference Management Measures Planning and Supervision / No. ntal Issue Document Execution Monitoring DESIGN/ PRE-CONSTRUCTION STAGE Pre-construction activities by Project Implementation Unit

1 Alignment D.1 Critical  Provision of service roads to separate the Project Corridor Technical Design NHIDCL .1 sections/ settlements along the road from through traffic specifications consultant settlements  Provision of footpaths on sides for preventing pedestrians to use the road  Provision of large concrete drains on both sides with cover  Improvement of intersections with VUPs  Design the road with minimum effect on structures and trees  Raising of the road at the submersible locations  Bus stops at suitable locations for all settlements

D.1 Open areas  The speed of the alignment is 40 kmph Project Corridor Technical Design NHIDCL .2 specifications consultant  Medians of 4 m wide provided for anti glaring 2 Land D.2 Land The acquisition of land and properties (Govt. /private) Corridor of LA Act 1984 and EMU of EMU of .1 Acquisition will be carried out in accordance with the Rehabilitation Impact its NHIDCL, NHIDCL Action Plan as prescribed by Govt. of Manipur, as per Amendments, Revenue the entitlement framework for the project and ROW of R&R Policy Dept., NGOs, 24 m and 20 m Collaborating NHIDCL has to ascertain that any additional Agencies environmental impacts resulting from additional

186 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Responsibility Sl. Environme Reference Management Measures Planning and Supervision / No. ntal Issue Document Execution Monitoring acquisition of land shall be addressed and integrated into the EMP and other relevant contract documents.

P.2 Quarries and  Material from hill cutting for road widening will At borrow area Technical Design NHIDCL .2 Borrow be used in place of borrow materials. location specifications consultant areas suggested by  Existing licensed quarry that are already in operation and having environmental clearance Contract shall be used for road construction Agreement (Hill Cutting)  If any new quarry to be opened by the contractor guidelines of MoEF shall be followed. 3 Water P.3. Water  Use of existing community water sources shall All rivers/ surface Technical Design NHIDCL 1 sources be prevented water bodies that specifications consultant can be used in the  Care to be taken to avoid river pollution during bridge construction project (Jessami-  Provision of clear waterway for the rivers while Nagaland Border) designing bridges to avoid submergence. D.3 Road  Provision for adequate number of CD structures As per project Technical Design NHIDCL .2 drainage to avoid ponding of water road plan and specifications consultant section  Provision of covered concrete drains on both sides in built up areas  Provision of earthen drains on both sides in open areas  Raising of the road in submersible areas 4 Flora and Fauna

187 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Responsibility Sl. Environme Reference Management Measures Planning and Supervision / No. ntal Issue Document Execution Monitoring D.4 Preservation  As far as possible maximum efforts to minimize Trees along the MoRTH 201.2 Contractor Supervision .1 of Trees the list of trees proposed to be felled by suitable project road falling Guideline-1 Agency engaged Consultants and on the spot adjustment of engineering designs within the by EMU of EMU of at the time of execution. proposed ROW NHIDCL NHIDCL

 No tree to be cut beyond the toe line D.4 Road side  Trees will be removed from the Corridor of Trees along the MoRTH 201.2 Contractor Supervision .2 plantation Impact before the actual commencement of the project road falling Guideline-1 Agency engaged Consultants and construction work to prevent traffic problems within the by EMU of EMU of NHIDCL and accidents. No construction activity and proposed ROW NHIDCL tree felling should be simultaneously taken up in any location of the package, which has not been cleared by the regional C.C.F. Manipur or the MoEF Govt. of India for any reason what so ever.  Loss of road side trees to be made good by compensatory afforestation. Identification of incidental spaces for plantation of trees. D.4 Fauna to  Passage provided for crossing the road. Trees along the MoRTH 201.2 Contractor Supervision .3 be affected project road falling Guideline-1 Agency engaged Consultants and within the by EMU of EMU of proposed ROW NHIDCL NHIDCL 5 Environmental quality

D.5. Air Quality  Pollution resistant tree plantation scheme/ Avenue/ Road side Technical Design NHIDCL 1 barrier proposed Plantation along specifications consultant the project  Better road conditions will improve speeds resulting in efficient use of fuel and thus reduce corridor air pollution D.5. Noise level  Improved traffic speeds and riding qualities will Throughout the Technical Design NHIDCL 2 reduce noise pollution road corridor and specifications consultant service road in  Provision of service roads in built up areas reduce with tree barriers prevent noise built-up sections

188 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Responsibility Sl. Environme Reference Management Measures Planning and Supervision / No. ntal Issue Document Execution Monitoring pollution  Provision of signages like “No Horn” for sensitive location 6 Utilities

D.6 Relocation of All CPRs (common property resources) such as stand Throughout the RAP document of EMU of EMU of .1 Community posts, bore wells, wells, ponds, water supply lines, corridor APSRP. NHIDCL, NHIDCL Utilities and sewage lines, drainage systems, optical fibre cables, Concerned Agencies, Contractor Common telephone and television cables together with electric Property power supply lines shall have to be removed and Resources relocated outside the corridor before commencement of the road improvement activity.

D. Relocation Religious structures, statues, mandaps and boundaries Throughout the Annexure (List of EMU of NHIDCL, Supervision 6.2 of affected coming within the RoW has to be demolished after corridor CPRs) NGOs, Consultant Cultural and alternate sites are selected for relocation of the Contractor EMU of Religious structures where total replacement is necessary in NHIDCL Properties consultation with the management committee /trustee /Endowment authority and after disbursement of due compensation amount under the active support and cooperation of local administration as these are very sensitive issues warranting special attention. No such structures be destroyed or removed and relocated without the knowledge and consent of interested parties and location decided after the involvement of local civil and police administration. These activities must be completed before commencement of the physical road improvement activity in that part of the package.

7 Environmental safety

D.7 Accidents  Design improvements to road geometry Throughout the .1  Footpath provided for pedestrians to avoid corridor pedestrian being hit by road vehicles

189 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Responsibility Sl. Environme Reference Management Measures Planning and Supervision / No. ntal Issue Document Execution Monitoring  Metal crash barriers provided at high embankments and sharp curves  Provision of adequate sight distance at curves and road junctions  Provision of signages at the reduced speed spots and settlements, sensitive receptor locations such as schools, hospitals and at known accident spots D. Orientation A comprehensive training/ orientation schedule has Major towns and 8 of been prepared at different stages villages Implementin (Jessami) g of Agency and Contractor P.9 Location of  Shall be sited sufficiently away from the At all Contractor NHIDCL crushers, settlements, agricultural operations, and construction site HMP, WMM commercial establishments i.e at least 500 away location plant, BMP  Contractor shall submit a detailed layout plan (122.000 km) etc. for all such sites and approval shall be obtained before setting up the plant  Arrangement to control dust pollution through provision of wind screens, sprinklers and dust encapsulation will have to be provided at all sites.  Specifications of crushers and hot mix plants will comply with the requirements of the relevant current emission control legislations and NOC for all such plants shall be submitted

190 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Responsibility Sl. Environme Reference Management Measures Planning and Supervision / No. ntal Issue Document Execution Monitoring P.1 Other  All vehicles, equipment and machinery to be Throughout the Contractor NHIDCL 0 construction procured and brought to site for construction project road/ At vehicles will confirm to the relevant Bureau of India all construction Standard (BIS) norms and the manufacturer’s site location specifications. The discharge standards (122.000 km) promulgated under the Environment Protection Act, 1986 will be strictly adhered to.  Noise limits for construction equipments such as compactors, rollers, front loaders concrete mixers, cranes (movable), vibrators and saws will not exceed the value specification the Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986.  The equipment proposed to be used for bridge and culvert construction and must be checked and certified fit, especially with respect to the potential leakage of oil and grease.  The inspection should verify that: � Equipment is clean (free of mud, dirt and oil) � Equipment is in good working order. � A drip pan is available for equipment that will be stored on site. � Concessionaire has a spill kit � Operator is trained on the refueling, maintenance and emergency spill. � A logbook will be maintained documenting all fuelling and maintenance events (date, time, location, condition of site, weather conditions, amount of fuel on maintenance event, issues). � Adequate inspections will be conducted during the construction period

191 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Responsibility Sl. Environme Reference Management Measures Planning and Supervision / No. ntal Issue Document Execution Monitoring P.1 Arrangemen  The Contractor will use ground water / surface All rivers/ surface Contractor NHIDCL 1 t of water as a source of water for the construction water bodies that construction after taking prior permission from Competent can be used in the water Authority. project  The Contractor will provide a list of locations and type of sources from where water for construction will be used.  To avoid disruption/disturbance to other water users, the Contractor will extract water from fixed locations and consult the Environment Expert before finalizing the locations. The contractor will not be allowed to pump water from any irrigation canal and surface water bodies used by the community. The contractor is required to comply with the requirements of the State Ground Water Department and seek its approval for doing so and submit copies of the permission to Environment Expert of AE & CLIENT P.1 Site Contractor shall identify sites away from the project area At proposed muck Contractor NHIDCL 2 selection for where unsuitable materials (debris, solid waste) disposal sites disposal of generated in the course of the construction can be safely unsuitable disposed off. Such locations shall be inspected by the materials Environment Expert of Authority Engineer and approved in consultation with the CLIENT before construction work starts. P.1 Construction Sitting of the construction camps will be as per the At all Contractor NHIDCL 3 camp guidelines below: construction site location,  Locations of construction camp to be identified location design and by the Contractor. (122.000 km) layout  Construction camps will not be proposed within 500 m from the nearest settlements to avoid conflicts and stress over the infrastructure facilities with the local community. Location for stockyards for construction materials will be identified at

192 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Responsibility Sl. Environme Reference Management Measures Planning and Supervision / No. ntal Issue Document Execution Monitoring least 1000m from water sources.  The waste disposal and sewage system for the camp will be designed, built and operated such that no odour is generated.  Unless otherwise arranged by the local sanitary authority, arrangements for night soils (human excreta) disposal approved by the local medical health or municipal authorities or as directed by Environmental Expert will have to be provided by the Contractor. P.14 Labor The contractor preferably shall use unskilled labor drawn At all General conditions Contractor Environmental Requirement from local areas to provide maximum benefit to the local construction site of Contract Expert of s community especially to the SC and ST population along location Document NHIDCL the corridor. (122.000 km) P.15 Orientation The NHIDCL shall organize orientation sessions and Major towns and Contract EMU/ EMU of Environmental of regular training sessions during all stages of the project. villages Document NHIDCL Expert of Implementin This shall include on-site training (general as well as in (Jessami) NHIDCL g the specific context of a sub-project). These sessions shall Agency and involve all staff of Environmental Cells, field level Contractors implementation staff of NHIDCL, Environmental Experts of Supervision Consultant and Contractors. CONSTRUCTION STAGE Approximate Responsibility Sl. Environmental Reference Management Measures Location Planning and Supervision No. Issue Document Execution /Monitoring CONSTRUCTION STAGE Activities to be Carried Out by the Contractor C.1 Soil c.1.1. Soil erosion  Turfing and pitching shall be done on the Along the project Technical Contractor Environmental embenakments, slopes and shoulders for corridor (open specifications and Expert of preventing soil erosion section) drawings NHIDCL  Stepping to done in the rivers with high bed

193 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Approximate Responsibility Sl. Environmental Reference Management Measures Location Planning and Supervision No. Issue Document Execution /Monitoring slopes.

C.1.2 Borrow soil  Material excavated from hills to be used for At all borrow area Technical Contractor Environmental road construction wherever required. locations specifications and Expert of Operation of separate borrow areas will be suggested for the drawings NHIDCL avoided as far as possible Contractor Agreement C.1.3 Loss of top soil  Top soil will be stripped to specified depth Throughout the MORTH Contractor Environmental and stored in a stockpile to specified height. It project corridor specifications Expert of will be spread back at the places of NHIDCL rehabilitation or where required for turfing C.1.4 Transportation  Where vehicles carrying excavated earth pass Throughout the MORTH Contractor Environmental of excavated through the villages, transportation will be project corridor specifications Expert of earth done in such a way that it causes least NHIDCL inconvenience and nuisance to nearby people  The unpaved village roads used for the haulage of excavated earth will be maintained properly.  Precautionary measures like covering of vehicles will be taken to avoid spillage and to reduce dust nuisance during transport of materials. c. 1.5 Compaction of  Compaction shall be done for the Throughout the MORTH Contractor Environmental soil embenkmanet in layers project corridor specifications Expert of NHIDCL C.1.6 Quarries The Quarry material will be procured only from All quarries as MORTH Contractor Environmental licensed quarries operating under environmental approved in the specifications Expert of clearances, including transportation of quarry material Contract NHIDCL clearances under the Air Act. agreement Safety precautions will be ensured during transportation of quarry material from quarries to the construction sites Stockpiling of material will be properly planned so as to ensure smooth traffic flow on the highway.

194 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Approximate Responsibility Sl. Environmental Reference Management Measures Location Planning and Supervision No. Issue Document Execution /Monitoring C.1.7 Sand River sand will not be used. Instead stone dust will be From quarries as MORTH Contractor Environmental used. approved in the specifications Expert of Stone dust will be procured from licensed quarries Contract NHIDCL operating under environmental clearance. During agreement transportation trucks will be covered to prevent dust nuisance C.1.8 Contamination  Soakage pits along with oil and grease traps Throughout the MORTH Contractor Environmental of soil from fuel will be provided around fuel storage areas. project corridor specifications Expert of and lubricants  Construction vehicles and equipments will be NHIDCL maintained and refueled in such a fashion that oil/diesel spillage does not contaminate the soil.  Fuel storage and refueling sites will be kept away from drainage channels and important water bodies. C.1.9 Contamination  Cutting and filling will be carried out as per Throughout the MORTH Contractor Environmental of soil from design project corridor specifications Expert of construction  Surplus earth, will be dumped at identified NHIDCL wastes and locations as approved by the SC / CLIENT. All quarry materials spoils will be disposed off as directed.  The construction wastes (debris) will be dumped at selected locations identified for the purpose and as approved by the SC/CLIENT  Site will be fully cleaned before handing over and no surplus material will be left within ROW C.2 Water

C.2.1 Water bodies Impact on surface watercourses (rivers and streams) Water Bodies MORTH Contractor Environmental would be minimized throughout by control over mentioned in specifications Expert of construction works. Table 1 NHIDCL C.2.2 Other water Community water sources shall not be used during Throughout the MORTH Contractor Environmental sources construction period for which independent water project corridor specifications Expert of source will be constructed by the contractor. NHIDCL Any community water source lost incidentally will be replaced /compensated

195 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Approximate Responsibility Sl. Environmental Reference Management Measures Location Planning and Supervision No. Issue Document Execution /Monitoring C.2.3 Drainage and At cross drainage structures, the earth, stone or any To concrete MORTH Contractor Environmental runoff other obstructing construction material will be drains and CD specifications Expert of removed and properly disposed of so as not to block the structures as NHIDCL flow of water any time. proposed C.2.4 Contamination of  Construction and locations of plant & Throughout the MORTH Contractor Environmental water from machinery close to the streams and water project corridor specifications Expert of construction bodies will be avoided, especially during NHIDCL waste monsoon period.  Soak pits will be provided at construction site to prevent wastewater from entering into rivers and streams.  All waste arising from the project will be disposed off as per SPCB norms, so as not to block the flow of and contaminate water.  Wastes must be collected, stored and taken to approved disposal sites. C.2.5 Contamination of To avoid contamination from fuel and Throughout the water from fuel lubricants, the vehicle and equipments will be project corridor and lubricants properly maintained and refueled. Vehicle maintenance and refueling in construction camps will be confined to areas with traps oil/grease to prevent wastewater from entering into rivers and streams. C.2.6 Sanitation and Construction camps will be constructed as per At camping sites waste the lay out plan approved by SC/CLIENT disposal in The construction camps will be located away construction from habitations (500 m), at identified sites. camps The sewage system for such camps will be properly designed and built so that no water pollution of any stream or watercourses takes place. The workplace will have proper medical approval by local medical, health or municipal authorities.

196 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Approximate Responsibility Sl. Environmental Reference Management Measures Location Planning and Supervision No. Issue Document Execution /Monitoring C.2.7 Use of water for The contractor will make independent arrangements All rivers/ surface construction for water required for construction in such a way that water bodies that the water availability and supply to nearby can be used in the communities remain unaffected. project Suitable locations for water harvesting structures to be (Jessami- provided by the contractor are identified. Nagaland Border) Wastage of water during construction will be minimized and use properly controlled. C3 Air

C.3.1 Emission from  All vehicles, equipments and machinery used Throughout the construction for construction will be regularly maintained project corridor vehicles and to ensure that the pollution emission levels machinery conform to the SPCB norms.  The asphalt plants, crushers and the batching plants will be sited at least 500 m in the downwind direction from the nearest settlement.  Regular monitoring of Air will be conducted as described in Environmental Monitoring Plan. C.3.2 Dust and  The hot-mix plants, crushers and batching Throughout the nuisance plants will be sited at least 500 m downwind project corridor from the nearest habitation and covered with dust trapping hoods.  Water will be sprayed at cement mixing sites, earth mixing sites and asphalt mixing sites and on temporary access roads and diversions.  Vehicle delivering material will be covered.  End boards in loaders will be provided to prevent spillage. C.4 Noise levels

C.4.1 Noise from  The plants and equipment used for Throughout the vehicle, construction will strictly conform to CPCB project corridor asphalt plants noise standard. and  Properly sizing and maintaining mufflers,

197 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Approximate Responsibility Sl. Environmental Reference Management Measures Location Planning and Supervision No. Issue Document Execution /Monitoring equipments engine intake silencers, engine enclosures, turning off idle equipment.  To protect construction workers from severe noise impacts, workers exposed to excessive noise will be given earplugs, helmets, etc. Keeping men working at noisy sites on shift to avoid constant exposure to noise for long hours.  In construction sites within 500 m of human settlements, noisy construction will be avoided between 10.00 p.m. and 6.00 a.m.  Regular monitoring of Noise level as described in Environmental Plan C.4.2 Noise from  No blasting is required Throughout the blasting project corridor operations C.5 Flora and Fauna

C.5.1 Loss of damage  Trees lost will be replaced just before the In open areas to vegetation beginning of the construction according to where avenue Compensatory Afforestation Policy of State plantation space Forestry Department. provision is made  Apart from trees ear marked for felling no additional tree felling will be carried out Compensatory planting to be done as per DFO C.5.2 Damage to All construction vehicle movement and parking Throughout the vegetation locations will be such as to prevent damage to roadside project corridor vegetation C.5.3 Damage to  Contractor to ensure prevention of damage to Throughout the trees/vegetation vegetation and trees and their use by workers. project corridor by Contractor should supply fuel for all needs workers during construction, to prevent use of vegetation and trees for fuel.  Contractor shall water the plants planted within ROW

198 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Approximate Responsibility Sl. Environmental Reference Management Measures Location Planning and Supervision No. Issue Document Execution /Monitoring C.5.4 Loss, injury or  Construction workers will be directed not to Throughout the disruption to poach upon fauna. project corridor fauna  Hunting will be strictly prohibited. C.6 Safety and accidents

C.6.1 Accident risks  To ensure safe construction of the temporary Throughout the from accesses during construction, safety devices project corridor construction will be installed. especially at activities  Traffic rules and regulation will be strictly intersections and adhered to. settlements  At blasting sites, the blasting time, signal and guarding will be regulated. Prior to blasting, the site will be thoroughly inspected and information given to public.  Safety of workers undertaking various operations during construction will be protected by providing helmets, masks, safety goggles, hand gloves and rubber boots etc.  First aid kits shall be provided at construction site for workers meeting minor accidents during construction C.6.2 Health issue  At every workplace, good and sufficient water Throughout the supply will be maintained to avoid project corridor waterborne/water-related/ water-based diseases to ensure the health and hygiene of workers.  Adequate drainage, septic tanks and soak pits and wastewater disposal will be provided at workplace.  Preventive Medical care will be provided to workers. C.6.3 Movement of Traffic management will be affected Throughout the existing traffic through project corridor a. Gate system especially at b. Diversion along existing alternative routes intersections and c. Proper signage settlements

199 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Approximate Responsibility Sl. Environmental Reference Management Measures Location Planning and Supervision No. Issue Document Execution /Monitoring C.7 Environmental Enhancement

C.7.1 Roadside Roadside plantation and grassing, bioengineering In open sections landscape measures to improve aesthetics as proposed development C.7.2 Roadside  Provision of bus shelters, bus bays and rest As per contract amenities places as per standard design will be carried agreement out.  Road furniture including marker posts, crash barriers, traffic signs, speed zone signs, rumbling strips etc. will be constructed and erected as per design. C.7.3 Community  Community properties, located away from the Throughout the properties project road should not be disturbed by project road construction activity, workers camps and contractors work areas Community properties coming in the COI will be relocated in consultation with the local community.  Construction camps /Blasting sites and all allied construction activities shall be located away from the cultural properties such that it is not affected. C.7.4 Environmental Environmental Awareness Campaigns to be conducted Major towns and Awareness in the project area during construction period villages (Jessami) C.8 Site Clearance C.8.1 Clearing and  Vegetation will be removed from the Throughout the MoRTH Contractor Environmental Grubbing construction zone before commencement of project road 201.2Guideline-1 Expert of SC, construction. All works will be carried out such (Guidelines for EMU of that the damage or disruption to flora other arrangement with NHIDCL that those identified for cutting is minimum. Forest  Only ground cover/shrubs that impinge Department) directly on the permanent works or necessary temporary works will be removed with prior approval from the Environmental Expert.

200 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Approximate Responsibility Sl. Environmental Reference Management Measures Location Planning and Supervision No. Issue Document Execution /Monitoring  The Concessionaire, under any circumstances will not cut or damage trees. Trees identified under the project will be cut only after receiving permission from the Forest Department.  Vegetation only with girth of over 30 cm measured at a height of 1.0 m above the ground will be considered as trees and shall be compensated. C.8.2 Generation of Debris generated due to the dismantling of the side of Proposed Muck Guide lines of Contractor Environmental Debris from existing road for pavement rehabilitation will be Sites Pollution Control Expert of SC, dismantling suitably reused in the Board. EMU of structures and proposed construction, subject to the suitability of the NHIDCL road surface materials and approval of the Engineer and Environment Expert as follows:  The existing base and sub-base material shall be recycled as sub-base for the haul road or access roads  The Concessionaire will suitably dispose off unutilized debris materials at predesignated disposal locations, subject to the approval of the Environmental Expert. .  The Concessionaire will ensure that the surface area of such disposal pits is covered with a layer of soil.  All arrangements for transportation during construction including provision, maintenance, dismantling and clearing debris, will be planned and implemented by the Concessionaire as approved and directed by the Environmental Expert.  The pre-designed disposal locations will be a part of Comprehensive Solid Waste Management Plan to be prepared by the Concessionaire in consultation with the Environment Expert and Engineer of the AE

201 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Approximate Responsibility Sl. Environmental Reference Management Measures Location Planning and Supervision No. Issue Document Execution /Monitoring C.8.3 Other  The Environmental Expert will approve these Proposed Muck Guide lines of Contractor Environmental Construction disposal sites after conducting a joint Sites Manipur Expert of SC, Wastes Disposal inspection on the site with the Contractor. Pollution Control EMU of including Fly  Non- bituminous wastes may be dumped in Board. NHIDCL Ash borrow pits (preferably located in barren lands) covered with a layer of the soil  No new disposal site shall be created as part of the project, except with prior approval of the Environment Expert. All waste materials will be completely disposed of and the site will be fully cleaned and certified by Environmental Expert before handing over.  All waste material will be completely disposed of and the site will be fully cleaned and certified by Environment Expert before handing over. C.8.4 Stripping,  Stockpiles will not be surcharged or otherwise At all MoRTH: 301.3.2, Contractor Environmental stocking and loaded and multiple handing will be kept to a construction MoRTH: 301.7, Expert of SC, preservation of minimum to ensure that no compaction will material storage MoRTH: 301.3.3, EMU of top soil occur. The stockpiles shall be covered with areas MoRTH: 305.3 NHIDCL gunny bags or vegetation. Guidelines – 3  It will be ensured by the Contractor that the (Guidelines for topsoil will not be unnecessarily trafficked borrow area either before stripping or when in stockpiles. management) Such stockpiled topsoil will be utilized for  Covering all disturbed areas including borrow areas  Top dressing of the road embankment and fill slopes  In the agricultural fields of farmers, acquired temporarily. Residual topsoil, if there is any will be utilized for the plantation.

202 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Approximate Responsibility Sl. Environmental Reference Management Measures Location Planning and Supervision No. Issue Document Execution /Monitoring C.8.5 Accessibility  The contractor will provide safe and Throughout the Contractor Environmental convenient passage for vehicles, pedestrians project road Expert of S C, and livestock to and from roadsides and EMU of property accesses connecting the project road, NHIDCL providing temporary connecting road. The contractor will also ensure that the existing accesses will not be undertaken without providing adequate provisions and to the prior satisfaction of Environmental Expert of Supervision Consultant.  The contractor will take care that the cross roads are constructed in such a sequence that construction work over the adjacent cross roads are taken up one after the other, so that traffic movement in any given area does not get affected much. C.8.6 Planning for • The Contractor will provide specific measures Throughout the MoRTH: 112 and Contractor Environmental Traffic for safety of pedestrians and workers at night as a project road its amendments Expert of SC, Diversions and part of traffic control plans. The Contractor will Guidelines 7 EMU of Detours ensure that the diversion/ detour is always (Guideline for NHIDCL maintained in running condition, particularly traffic during the monsoon to avoid disruption to traffic management flow. during construction) • The Contractor will also inform local community of changes to traffic routes, conditions and pedestrian access arrangements with assistance from AE and CLIENT. C.9 Procurement of Construction Material C.9.1 Earth from No borrow area will be opened without permission of - MoRTH: 305.2 Contractor Environmental the Environmental Expert of Supervision Consultant. Borrow Areas for Guidelines – 3 Expert of SC, Construction The location, shape and size of the designated borrow EMU of areas will be as approved by the Environmental Expert (Guidelines for NHIDCL of Supervision Consultant and in accordance to the borrow area IRC recommended practice for borrow pits for road management) embankments (IRC 10: 1961). The borrowing operations will be carried out as specified in the

203 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Approximate Responsibility Sl. Environmental Reference Management Measures Location Planning and Supervision No. Issue Document Execution /Monitoring guidelines for setting and operation of borrow areas.

C.9.2 Quarry The contractor will develop a Comprehensive Quarry At quarries and MoRTH:111.3 Contractor Environmental Operations Redevelopment plan, as per the Mining Rules of the crushing units as Expert of SC, state and submit a copy to Client and AE prior to per the state EMU of opening of the quarry site. The quarry operations will approved quarry NHIDCL be undertaken within the rules and regulations in force provided in the estimates

C.9.3 Transporting Contractor will maintain all roads (existing or built for All roads used for Contractor Environmental Construction the project), which are used for transporting haulage of Expert of SC, Materials and construction materials, equipment and machineries as construction EMU of Haul Road précised. All vehicles delivering goods subject to materials NHIDCL Management susceptible to be blown by wind during the vehicular movement to avoid spilling and air pollution. It shall be the responsibility of the contractor or his agent, sub-agents, sub-contractors, petty contractor, material suppliers whose vehicles use the highways and other roads for transportation of construction materials, to keep the roads clear from any dust, sand, soil, aggregates fallen from the transport vehicle. Contractor will arrange for regular water sprinkling as necessary for dust suppression on all such roads and surfaces where dust generation is a major problem. The unloading of all materials at construction sites should be limited to day time only for safety and avoiding accidents. Screens of hessian cloth, agro net and such other barricading material are to be erected along all construction, dumping and stockpiling sites under use, so that the generation of the dust in the vicinity of such locations can be minimized to great extent.

204 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Approximate Responsibility Sl. Environmental Reference Management Measures Location Planning and Supervision No. Issue Document Execution /Monitoring C.9.4 Construction Contractor will arrange adequate supply and storage Throughout the Guideline 11 Contractor Environmental Water of water for the whole construction period at his own project road (Guidelines for Expert of SC, cost. The Contractor will submit a list of such source/s quarry material) EMU of from where water will be used for the project to AE NHIDCL and Client. The Concessionaire will source the requirement of water preferentially from ground water but with prior permission from the competent authority/ authorities, if required. A copy of the permission will be submitted to AE and Client prior to initiation of construction. The contractor will take all precaution to minimize the wastage of water in the construction process/ operation C.9.5 Drainage & • The Concessionaire will ensure that Construction MoRTH:305.3.7 Contractor Environmental construction materials like earth, stone are Flood Control sites of cross MoRTH:306 Expert of SC, disposed off so that it does not block the flow of drainage work EMU of water of any watercourse and cross drainage Annexure 3.3 NHIDCL channels. Annexure 3.4 • The Concessionaire will take all necessary measures to prevent the blockage of water flow. In addition to the design requirements, the Concessionaire will take all required measures as directed by the Environmental Expert of AE to prevent temporary or permanent flooding of the site or any adjacent area, if any. C.10 Construction Work C.10.1 Disruption to While working across or close to any perennial water Throughout the MoRTH:304.3.2 Contractor Environmental Other Users of bodies, contractor will not obstruct/ prevent the flow project road Expert of SC, Water of water. EMU of Construction over and close to the non-perennial NHIDCL streams shall be undertaken in dry season and if such activity is likely to constraint or impact the community water body connected to such streams adequate prior information will be provided to such community for making a suitable arrangement that may lead to peaceful and uninterrupted use of the

205 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Approximate Responsibility Sl. Environmental Reference Management Measures Location Planning and Supervision No. Issue Document Execution /Monitoring resource during the time of construction activity.

C.3.3 Siltation of Contractor will construct silt fencing at the base of the Construction MoRTH: 306 Contractor Environmental Water Bodies embankment construction for the entire perimeter of sites of cross Annexure 3.5 Expert of SC, and Degradation any water body (including wells) adjacent to the RoW drainage work (Silt Fencing) EMU of of and around the stockpiles at the construction sites NHIDCL Water Quality close to water bodies. The fencing will be provided prior to commencement of earthwork and continue till the stabilization of the embankment slopes, on the particular sub-section of the road. The contractor will also put up sedimentation cum grease traps at the outer mouth of the drains located in truck lay byes, which are ultimately entering into any surface water bodies / water channels with a fall exceeding 1.5 m. Contractor will ensure that construction materials containing fine particles are stored in an enclosure such that sediment-laden water does not drain into nearby water bodies. C.10.4 Slope Protection The contractor will construct slope protection works as At bridge MoRTH: Contractor Environmental and Control of per design, or as directed by the Environmental Expert approaches; 305.2.2.2 Expert of SC, of SC to control soil erosion and sedimentation Soil Erosion High MoRTH: 306.2 EMU of through use of dykes, sedimentation chambers, basins, NHIDCL fiber mats, mulches, grasses, slope drains and other embankment Guideline 8 devices as will be necessitated according to the local sections (Low conditions. Lying areas) (Guideline for soil erosion and All temporary sedimentation, pollution control works sedimentation and maintenance thereof will be deemed as incidental control) to the earth work or other items of work and as such no separate payment will be made for them. Contractor will ensure the following aspects:  After construction activities of road embankment, the side slopes of all cut and fill areas will be graded and covered with stone pitching, grass

206 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Approximate Responsibility Sl. Environmental Reference Management Measures Location Planning and Supervision No. Issue Document Execution /Monitoring and shrub as per design specifications.  Turfing works will be taken up as soon as possible, provided the season is favourable for the establishment of grass sods. Other measures of slope stabilization will include mulching, netting and seeding of batters and drains immediately on shrub and bushes at 30cm interval from line to line across the slope and sprinkling of water on such slopes after completion of the earth work.  In borrow pits, the depth shall be regulated so that the sides of the excavation should not be stepper than 1 vertical to 2 horizontal, from the edge of the final section of the bank.  Along sections abutting water bodies, stone pitching as per design specification will protect slopes. All such stone pitching should have a filter layer to prevent scouring and unsettlement of the pitched surface when the water label recedes.  Refer Guidelines-8 for soil erosion and sedimentation. C.11 Labour Camp Management C.11.1 Accommodation Contractor will follow all relevant provisions of the At all camp site Contractor Environmental Factories Act, 1948 and the Building and the other location Expert of SC, Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and EMU of Conditions of Service) Act, 1996 for construction and NHIDCL maintenance of labour camp. The location, layout and basic provision of facilities at each labour camp site will be submitted to SC and EMU of NHIDCL prior to their setting up in the field for approval. The construction of camps will only commence after the written approval from the EMU. In consultation

207 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Approximate Responsibility Sl. Environmental Reference Management Measures Location Planning and Supervision No. Issue Document Execution /Monitoring and concurrence of the Environmental Expert and SC. The contractor will maintain necessary living accommodation and ancillary facilities in functional and hygienic manner as per the suggestions and guidance provided by the environment expert and SC. C.11.2 Potable Water Provision for supply of potable water to all camp sites At all camp site Contractor Environmental in the package will have to be in place in such a location Expert of SC, manner that the sources are free from pollution and EMU of contamination. With proper drainage, platforms, NHIDCL storage facility and sanitation measures in position to see that the surplus and waste water flow does not stagnate or create un healthy atmosphere around camp as well as the surrounding agricultural fields, water sources and habitation. Ground water recharging provision through setting up of soak pits away from such water supply system to discharge the waste water shall have to be made by the contractor at each camp site whether the same is over Govt. or private land. The Contractor will also provide availability of potable water within the precincts of every workplace in a cool and shaded area which is easily accessible as per standards set by the Building and other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1996. The contractor will ensure the fulfilment of the following conditions at all work places for the benefit of worker: a) Adequate supply of potable water (as per IS) in every workplace/labour camp site suitably located on high ground and dry place which is easily accessible and regularly maintained for health and hygiene to prevent contamination and communicable diseases.

208 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Approximate Responsibility Sl. Environmental Reference Management Measures Location Planning and Supervision No. Issue Document Execution /Monitoring b) All such storage facilities of drinking water will be on raised platform for drainage and safe storage above at least 1m ground above ground to facilitate its use.. c) As far as possible shallow well should not be used as potable source of water unless there is any constraint for boring of tube wells. In all such cases of potable water from open wells, irrespective of its location from polluting environment, regular dis-infection of the water source by application of lime, bleaching powder, potassium permanganate solution have to be ensured at weekly /fort nightly interval. However it should be safe to provide water purifier units in such locations to prevent water borne diseases, where power supply and storage water facility is available. d) All open wells should be covered with a trap door, to facilitate disinfections of water sources while mini hand pumps may be set up to draw water from such wells and prevent accidental contamination /accidental fall into such wells besides avoiding dust and filth from the adjacent road entering the well for which a safe drainage channel encircling the open well should be mandatory to prevent inflow of polluted water from outside. e) The trap door will be kept locked and opened only for cleaning or inspection, which will be done at least once in a month to be monitored and recorded by the camp in charge at each place. f) Water quality testing of all potable water sources will be done every month as per parameters prescribed in IS 10500:1991, by sample testing of the water periodically.

209 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Approximate Responsibility Sl. Environmental Reference Management Measures Location Planning and Supervision No. Issue Document Execution /Monitoring Environmental Expert of SC will be required to inspect the labour camp once in a week to ensure health and hygienic of the work force.

C.11.3 Sanitation and The contractor will ensure that - At all camp site Contractor Environmental Sewage System  The sewage system for the camp are designed, location Expert of SC, built and operated in such a fashion that no EMU of health hazard occurs and no pollution to the air, NHIDCL ground water or adjacent water courses takes place.  Separate toilets /bathrooms /latrines, wherever required, are to be provided for women workers separately with specific signage indicating its exclusive use by them.  All such facilities must have adequate water supply with proper drainage and disposal facility.  All toilets in workplaces are to be located with covered screen walls and of dry earth system which are to be maintained, cleaned and disinfected daily using strong disinfectants. The location of such provisions should not be affecting the air surface water and ground water of the locality or the agricultural fields near by either during summer or rains.  For lavatory purposes the use of portable latrines system are to be brought under use and the night soil so collected has to be disposed of at designated septic latrines, so as to prevent pollution of the workplace and surrounding areas.

210 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Approximate Responsibility Sl. Environmental Reference Management Measures Location Planning and Supervision No. Issue Document Execution /Monitoring C.11.4 Waste Disposal The contractor will provide garbage bins in the camps At all camp site Contractor Environmental and ensure that these are regularly emptied and location Expert of SC, disposed off in a hygienic manner as per the EMU of Comprehensive Solid Waste Management Plan NHIDCL approved by the Environmental Expert of SC. No night soil should be disposed of at any place other than the septic tank constructed for the workers at the camp site by ensuring the use of portable latrines system mounted on wheels and fitted with temporary water sealed containers to store the night soil, which shall be emptied at the nearest septic tank facility of any camp site. C.12 Contractor’s Demobilization and Decommissioning of Established Setup C.12.1 Clean-up Contractor will prepare site restoration plans, which At all Contractor Environmental Operations, will be approved by the Environmental Expert of SC. construction site Expert of SC, Restoration and The clean-up and restoration operations are to be location EMU of Rehabilitation implemented by the contractor prior to NHIDCL demobilization. The contractor will clear all temporary structures; dispose all garbage, night soils and POL, as per Comprehensive Waste Management Plan and as approved by SC and accepted by the EMU. All disposal pits or trenches will be filled in disinfected and effectively sealed off. Residual topsoil, if any will be distributed or spread evenly on adjoining/ proximate barren land or affected agricultural land adjacent to the RoW that has been impacted on account of accidental spillage, drainage or erosion of the construction materials as will be identified and suggested by Environmental Expert of SC not below the thickness of 75 mm. All construction zones including river-beds, culverts, road-side areas, camps, hot mix plant sites, crushers, batching plant sites and any other area used/affected by the project will be left clean and tidy, at the contractor's expense, to the entire satisfaction of the

211 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Approximate Responsibility Sl. Environmental Reference Management Measures Location Planning and Supervision No. Issue Document Execution /Monitoring land owner in case of private land and to the best satisfaction of the Environmental Expert of SC as well as the site engineer. OPERATION STAGE Sl. Environmental Reference Responsibility Management Measures No. Issue Document Execution/Civil Work Supervision/Monitoring OPERATION STAGE

O.1 Monitoring • The PIU will monitor the operational At the specific EMU of NHIDCL/PWD EMU of NHIDCL/PWD Operation performance of the various mitigation/ locations The Forest and Performance enhancement measures carried out as a part of (Mainly at plant Biodiversity wing of EMU the project. sites, construction of NHIDCL • The indicators selected for monitoring locations) include the survival rate of trees; utility of enhancement provision for relocated utilities, hand pumps and other relocated structures if any; status of rehabilitation of borrow areas; and noise barriers, which are proposed at different locations. O.2 Maintenance of NHIDCL will ensure that all drains (side drains, Throughout the EMU of NHIDCL/PWD EMU of NHIDCL/PWD Drainage median drain and all cross drainages) are project road periodically cleared especially before monsoon season to facilitate the quick passage of rainwater and avoid flooding without damaging the spurs and check dams erected to stabilize the course and flow of all such drainage channels. NHIDCL will ensure that all the sediment /oil and grease traps set up at the truck and bus lay bye are cleared once in every 3 months.

212 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Sl. Environmental Reference Responsibility Management Measures No. Issue Document Execution/Civil Work Supervision/Monitoring O.3 Pollution The periodic monitoring of the ambient air quality, At regular EMU Environment EMU of NHIDCL/PWD Monitoring noise level, water (both ground and surface water) intervals of 5 km/ expert quality, soil pollution/contamination are to be built-up sections Pollution Monitoring continued at pre-designated locations and if Agency necessary at additional locations for comparative study of pre and post-operative data in order to ensure further improvement /modification in the design /methodology NHIDCL may appoint specific pollution monitoring agency for such study or carry it out as per the suggestion /recommendation of the statutory authority, (SPCB). O.4. Soil Erosion and Visual monitoring and inspection of soil erosion at Throughout the EMU of NHIDCL/PWD EMU of NHIDCL/PWD Monitoring of borrow areas, quarries (if closed and rehabilitated), project road Borrow Areas embankments and other places expected to be affected, will be carried out before monsoon, during monsoon and after winter rains to regularly record and monitor the effectiveness of such structures at monthly intervals for the 1st three years during and after completion of project, so as to evaluate the beneficial effects of each type of activity together with the cost involved for adoption of most effective structures in other areas of road improvement to check soil erosion. o.5 Monitoring of Every year there will be monitoring for the survival Throughout the EMU of NHIDCL/PWD EMU of NHIDCL/PWD survival rate of rate of plantation in the PROW for the first five project road plantation in PRoW years before on set of monsoon. A minimum survival of 85% will be maintained. Any loss will be made up by fresh plantation. O.6 Changes in Land Use EMU of NHIDCL shall take initiative to move and Throughout the EMU of NHIDCL/PWD, EMU of NHIDCL/PWD Pattern motivate the Govt. as a facilitator in preparing an project road Local Planning action plan to encourage balanced congestion free Authorities,

hygienic environment friendly activity on either side of the developed highway during and after Revenue Department and completion of the project. This is to avoid Local Civic Bodies EMU of NHIDCL/PWD irregular, ugly, unhygienic and destructive ribbon development, close to the road corridor which

213 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Sl. Environmental Reference Responsibility Management Measures No. Issue Document Execution/Civil Work Supervision/Monitoring adversely affects agricultural and water harvesting EMU of the NHIDCL & capabilities and drainage system of the area. The Revenue Department, department may strive for effective promulgation Town planning Authority of some legislation and guidelines, controlling such unbridled activity, which are self-destructive and distress full for the poor farmers and drainage on the State’s Economic Resources. A land use-zoning map may be developed, under which up to a particular distance from the RoW of the alignment especially in new bypass stretches, no development will be allowed. Necessary hoardings along the corridor need be provided in shape of permanent structures to warn and advise encroachers against such activity under punitive action such as forfeiture of the structures and belonging without prior notice besides punitive legal action in the court of law barring any stay over such action by the state from any court of law. Budgetary provisions are to be made to control the ribbon development along project road. O.7 Corporate Social As part of CSR, the following provisions are Throughout the EMU of NHIDCL/PWD EMU of NHIDCL/PWD Responsibility (CSR) suggested : project road • Undertaking regular road safety, (All the settlement HIV/AIDs, health awareness campaigns locations in Table • Assistance to improve skills for income 4) generation to community people • Development of schools, health cares, dispensaries or public facilities • Workshops/Training to farmers in order to impart the knowledge to use modern methods and tools for farming • To ensure that the contractors provides all necessary amenities and facilities for the workers at construction camps/work sites and no employment of child labour is practiced at site O.8 Contamination from • The spills at the accident sites will be Throughout the EMU of NHIDCL/PWD EMU of NHIDCL/PWD accidental spills cleared immediately project road

214 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILEDPROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Sl. Environmental Reference Responsibility Management Measures No. Issue Document Execution/Civil Work Supervision/Monitoring • The left over spills will be scraped and reclaimed to small lined confined pits at the identified sites. O.9 Dust generation • Roadside tree plantations will be Throughout the EMU of NHIDCL/PWD EMU of NHIDCL/PWD protected from dust and well maintained. project road • Afforestation, turfing, water sprinkling shall be carried out by O&M agency at sites of dust generation O.10 Air Generation • Vehicle emission of critical pollutants Throughout the EMU of NHIDCL/PWD EMU of NHIDCL/PWD parameters (PM2.5, PM10, CO, SO2 and project road NO2,) will be monitored on critical locations • Roadside tree plantation will be protected and maintained. • Regular maintenance of road will be done to ensure good surface condition O.11 Noise Pollution • It shall be monitored At regular intervals EMU of NHIDCL/PWD EMU of NHIDCL/PWD of 5 km/ built-up sections O.12 Water • The roadside drainage system will be All water bodies EMU of NHIDCL/PWD EMU of NHIDCL/PWD periodically cleared of blockage. along the project road (as mentioned in Table 1) O.13 Flora and Fauna • The success of the replantation scheme Throughout the EMU of NHIDCL/PWD EMU of NHIDCL/PWD will be monitored project road/ Avenue plantation section O.14 Safety measures • Traffic management plan will be Throughout the EMU of NHIDCL/PWD EMU of NHIDCL/PWD developed, especially for congested locations project road • Traffic control measures including speed limits, signages at sensitive receptors will be enforced strictly. • Further growth of encroachment within the ROW will be controlled.

215 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTA L ASSESSMENT REPORT

9.4 INSTITUTIONAL REQUIREMENTS The Public Works Department of Manipur (NHIDCL) will be the executing agency (EA) as well as Implementing Agency (IA) for this project. The project will be implemented by CLIENT of NHIDCL based on Imphal. EA/IA will be responsible for the implementation of the Project. The Project Director of CLIENT will be overall responsible for EMP implementation. The following key players are involved in EMP implementation during construction stage:  EA and its Implementation Support Consultants (ISC)  CLIENT and its environmental units;  Construction Supervision Consultants (CSC) i.e. Engineer and his representatives; and  Contractors. The CLIENT will have an Environmental and Social Management Unit (EMSU). It is recommended that one of the senior officers of CLIENT could be designated as Environmental and Social Officer for monitoring implementation of proposed safeguard measures. EMSU will be headed by the Project Director but coordinating and supervising implementation of safeguard measures will be undertaken by the designated Environmental and Social Officer. There is a need for capacity building of environmental unit through various trainings. The Project Director of CLIENT with the assistance of designated Environmental and Social Officer will be overall responsible for ensuring compliance of safeguard measures and will be reporting to the regulatory bodies and ADB certifying that relevant environmental safeguard measures have been complied with during project implementation. At the field level, the Executive Engineer with his Assistant Engineer/s will supervise implementation of safeguard measures for this subproject and submit monthly reports to CLIENT. CLIENT may engage independent agencies for carrying out pollution monitoring activities. The Supervision Consultant shall be interacting with these agencies and facilitate them in carrying out such activities. The Construction Supervision Consultant (CSC) will have an Environmental Safeguards Specialist in its team and it will liaise with CLIENT environment unit to ensure that Contractor complies with the requirements of various environmental safeguard measures through supervision, monitoring and reporting on the same. Efforts must be made by SC to ensure that environmental mitigation and good-construction-practices are not only considered but actually implemented as integral component of each civil activity. It should be considered

216 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTA L ASSESSMENT REPORT as day-to-day activity. Implementation of environmental safeguard measures needs team effort and as such the Team Leader of CSC will delegate the responsibilities to each member of the supervision team with respect to their core responsibilities. The project should have a provision of Environmental Specialist within CSC to supervise implementation of safeguard measures. His role would be more on advisory. He will assist the Team Leader of CSC on the following:  Advise CLIENT on preparing reports to ADB and other statutory bodies;  Preparing procedures for implementing EMP;  Review Contractor’s EMP, traffic management plan and safety plan and recommend for its approval / improvements, to the Team Leader;  provide training to CLIENT, CSC and Contractors’ staff on implementing environmental safeguard measures;  Advise on obtaining various statutory environmental clearances on time;  Conduct periodic field visits to examine environmental compliances and suggest corrective actions; and  Any other issues as will be required to ensure environmental compliance. Besides, the Team Leader of CSC will nominate a senior engineer from the site office for being directly responsible for day-to-day supervision of implementation of stipulated safeguard measures, to ensure accountability. He will provide guidance to the field staff of SC and Contractor for implementing each of the activities as per the EMP. He will be responsible for record keeping, providing instructions through the Engineer for corrective actions, ensuring compliance of various statutory and legislative requirements and assist Engineer for submitting reports to CLIENT. He will maintain a close co-ordination with the Contractor and CLIENT for successful implementation of the environmental safeguard measures. Responsibilities of various agencies involved in the project implementation are described in following paragraphs. 9.4.1 Executing Agencies (EAs) Responsibilities The EA’s responsibilities will mainly be focused on addressing national or state level environment safeguard issues and decisions concerning the subprojects. Specific responsibilities on environment safeguards at the EA level are:  Ensure that all environment safeguard requirements as given in ADB SPS 2009, and applicable laws and rules under MOEF are being complied with during all stages of respective subprojects under the loan.

217 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTA L ASSESSMENT REPORT

 Reviewing and approving all environment safeguards related documents such as EIA or IEE, monitoring reports etc. prepared for subprojects under the investment program with recommendations and clarifications from the IA where necessary.  Timely endorsement and signing of key documents and forwarding to the respective agency such as those required for processing of environmental clearance, forestry clearance etc. and disclosure on ADB website.  Taking proactive and timely measures to address any environment safeguards related challenges at the national or state level such as delays in processing of clearances (during pre-construction stage), significant grievances (during construction stage)  Recruiting an external monitor to conduct third party environmental monitoring for category A and B subprojects 9.4.2 Implementing Agencies (IAs) Responsibilities The IA’s responsibilities will mainly be focused on implementing environment safeguard requirements in accordance with the EIA or IEE and EMP at the subproject and site level. Specific responsibilities on environment safeguards at the IA level are:  Where necessary hire an environmental consultant to prepare IEE or EIA report including EMP as may be required.  Ensure that the consultant follows all procedures for conducting the environmental assessment as given in ADB’s SPS.  Review the budgetary needs for complying with the Government’s and ADB’s requirements on environment safeguards and ensure the proposed budget is in line with project requirements.  Prepare forms, reports and all documents etc. for processing of environmental, forestry and related clearances in a timely manner and submit them for further review and signing to the authorized officer in the respective EA office.  If any problems or long delays are encountered when processing the clearance documents, immediately alert the authorized officer at the EA level and seek ways resolve the problem at the soonest.  Provide necessary support to the consultants preparing the environmental assessment reports to facilitate smooth and efficient preparation of documents, conduction of meetings, conduction of public hearings etc. required by ADB, MOEF, SPCB, Forestry Department, Wildlife Board etc.  Review the EIA or IEE reports including EMP and EMOP prepared by the consultant and provide comments if necessary.

218 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTA L ASSESSMENT REPORT

 After receipt of satisfactory EIA or IEE report including EMP and EMOP forward the respective reports to the respective EA for further endorsement and forwarding to ADB for disclosure on the ADB website.  Ensure that all necessary regulatory clearances are obtained prior to commencing any civil work of the respective contract package or road section.  Ensure that for Engineering Procurement and Construction (EPC) based contracts updating of the EMP and EMOP based on detailed design and implementation of the EMP is included under the contractor’s responsibilities.  Ensure that the EMP which includes required mitigation measures and monitoring requirements with defined Bill of Quantity (BOQ), forms part of bidding document for the case of item rate based contracts.  Ensure that contractors have access to the EIA or IEE report including EMP and EMOP of the subprojects.  Ensure that contractors understand their responsibilities to mitigate environmental problems associated with their construction activities.  Ensure and Monitor that all required permits, no objection certificates etc. are obtained by the contractor for establishment and operation of equipments and facilities as detailed in EIA/IEE.  With the support of the EFP of the contractors and ISC ensure that the contractor implements the EMP including EMOP as given in the respective EIA or IEE report.  In case of unanticipated environmental impacts during project implementation stage, with the support of ISC prepare and implement an updated EMP to account for such impacts after seeking concurrence from ADB. The updating shall be carried out after due consultation with the stake holders and concerned government agencies.  In case during project implementation a subproject needs to be realigned, review the environmental classification and revise accordingly, and identify whether supplementary IEE or EIA study is required. If it is required, prepare the TOR for undertaking supplementary IEE or EIA and hire an environment consultant to carry out the study.  Ensure that construction workers work under safe and healthy working environment.  Ensure effective implementation of Grievance Redress Mechanism to address affected people’s concerns and complaints.  Submit semi-annual reports for category A subprojects and annual reports for category B subprojects on the implementation of all environment safeguard

219 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTA L ASSESSMENT REPORT

requirements including the EMP and EMOP under the respective subproject to ADB and make these reports available for public disclosure. 9.4.3 ADB’s Responsibilities ADB is responsible for the following:  Review REA checklist and endorse or modify the tranche classification proposed by the EA  Review EIA or IEE reports and disclose the draft and final reports on the ADB website as required;  Issue subproject’s approval based on EIA or IEE reports;  Monitor implementation of the EMP through due diligence missions;  Provide assistance to the EA and IA of subprojects, if required, in carrying out its responsibilities and for building capacity for safeguard compliance;  Monitor overall compliance of the subprojects to this EARF; and  If necessary provide further guidance to the IA on the format, content, and scope of the EIA or IEE reports and annual and/or semi-annual monitoring reports for submission to ADB. For ensuring that EMP is properly implemented, Contractor shall appoint a full time qualified and experienced Environmental and Safety Officer (ESO) from the commencement to completion of the project. The qualification and responsibilities of ESO as stipulated below should be considered. The qualification of ESO will be as given below:  Diploma or Graduate in Civil Engineering with post graduate specialization in  Environmental Engineering or Environmental Science or equivalent;  5 to 10 years of total professional experience; and  About 3 to 5 years of experience in similar projects i.e. management of environmental issues in design and construction of road / highway / flyover / bridge projects. The responsibilities of ESO of Contractor will include the following:  Directly reporting to the Project Manager of the Contractor;  Discussing various environmental issues and environmental mitigation, enhancement and monitoring actions with all concerned directly or indirectly;  Prepare Contractor’s EMP, traffic management plan and safety plan as part of their  Work Program;  Ensure contractor’s compliance with the EMP stipulations and conditions of statutory bodies;  Assisting his project manager to ensure environmentally sound and safe construction practices;

220 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTA L ASSESSMENT REPORT

 Assisting his project manager to ensure the timely procurement of materials that are included in the Bill of Quantities relating to environmental mitigation and enhancement measures;  Conducting periodic environmental and safety training for contractor’s engineers, supervisors and workers;  Preparing a registers for material sources, labour, pollution monitoring results, public complaint and as may be directed by the Engineer;  Assisting the PIU on various environmental monitoring and control activities including pollution monitoring; and  Preparing and submitting monthly reports to SC on status of implementation safeguard measures. As mentioned above, there will need for capacity building of PIU on various environmental and social aspects of the project through various environmental training. Recently, there has been change of statutory requirements for this similar projects based on new EIA Notification. This has changed the landscape of legal and administrative framework for implementing the projects. Thus, there is a need for the PIU staff to updating the information and keeping abreast with the changing legal and administrative requirement. The requirements of various statutory permits and clearances are mentioned in previous chapters. For successful implementation of EMP, it is essential to orient engineers of PIU, CSC and Contractor who would be mobilized for this project. One day environmental orientation workshop will be conducted at Ukhrul by ADB supported consultant, once most of the staff has been mobilized. The training program is included in Annexure. 9.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT BUDGET An environmental management budget of INR 45.65 crores has been estimated for implementation of the environmental management plan. This budget also includes cost of environmental monitoring and associated trainings. A detail of environmental management budget is given in Table below.

221 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTA L ASSESSMENT REPORT

Table 60: Environmental Management Cost Estimate

Unit cost Total cost (INR) Item Component Description Unit Quantity Cost in No. (INR) Detail Cost Crores 1 MITIGATION / ENHANCEMENT COST 1.1 Pre-construction Stage

Land 1.1 Acquisition of private land Covered in RAP Budget 0 0 acquisition

Relocation and construction of hand pumps water storage tanks open wells 1.1.2 Water Covered in Utility Shifting Budget 0 0 water taps as per directions of the Engineer. 1.2 Construction Stage Compensatory Re-plantation to offset the loss of trees due to widening of the project corridor in accordance to the 1.2.1 No. 78648 1500 117972000 11.7972 relevant forest laws (2 trees planted for every tree cut) including Plantation and maintenance Transplantation of existing trees as per guidelines of the engineer including 1.2.2 Horticulture No. 13,108 10,000.00 131080000 13.108 transportation Replantation and maintenance Half brick circular tree guard as per design provided by the engineer and 1.2.6 No. 13,108 3,065.70 40185195.6 4.01852 complete in all respect as per MoRT&H Standard Data book for analysis of rates. 1.2.7 Bamboo tree guard as per design No. 78648 260 20448480 2.04485

222 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTA L ASSESSMENT REPORT

provided by the engineer and complete in all respect as per MoRT&H Standard Data book for analysis of rates. Landscaping and aesthetics of junctions and at other locations as per design 1.2.8 drawings and direction of the LS - 1000000 1000000 0.1 Environmental Engineer / Environmental Specialist of the Engineer Slope /

Turfing of embankment with grasses and 1.2.9 sq. m. (Covered in Engineering Cost) 0 0 Embankment herbs. protection

Providing Oil Interceptors as per design and drawing at vehicle parking areas and 1.2.10 Soil as per directions of the Environmental Nos. 6 12,500.00 75000 0.0075 Specialist / Environmental Engineer of the Engineer. Cost of transport & distribution of 1.2.11 Flora cooking fuel to construction workers to Months 24 20,000.00 480000 0.048 prevent indiscriminate felling of trees Dust Management with sprinkling of 1.2.12 Air water covers for vehicles transporting Km 33 5,000.00 165000 0.0165 construction material 1) Extension of the existing compound walls and 2) Dismantle and new construction of compound wall at govt. 1.2.13 Noise LS - 4500000 4500000 0.45 schools health units etc. using brick masonry work including excavation levelling plastering coping etc. up to a

223 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTA L ASSESSMENT REPORT

height of total 2m above ground level complete in all respect as per Technical Specifications and as per the direction of the Engineer. Silt Fencing around soil stockpiled near 1.2.14 water bodies and at areas identified by m 8000 15000 120000000 12 the engineer. Rainwater Harvesting Structures complete in all respect and confirming to 1.2.15 the relevant specifications as directed by No. 2 450000 900000 0.09 the Engineer and as per drawing Water Quality approved by Engineer. Water harvesting structures for storage of water especially during summer and also for the use of local populace at 10 1.2.16 locations identified by the engineer and No. 5 100000 500000 0.05 as per directions and drawings approved by the Environmental Specialist / Environmental Engineer of the Engineer. Management and closure of 1.2.17 LS 2000000 0.2 dumping sites Disposal of Sewage and other wastes in the construction yard Solid and labour camps as per Mon 1.2.18 Waste 24 15,000.00 360000 0.036 directions of the Environmental th Disposal Specialist / Environmental Engineer of the Engineer. Cultural 1.2.19 Relocation of cultural properties Covered in RAP Budget 0 0 properties Environme Enhancement of water bodies at 1.2.20 LS - 1,200,000.00 1,200,000.00 0.12 ntal locations and chainages as per

224 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTA L ASSESSMENT REPORT

Enhanceme design drawings and direction of nts the Environmental Engineer / Environmental Specialist of the Engineer. Enhancement of cultural 1.2.21 properties including seating LS - 500,000.00 500,000.00 0.05 arrangements. As per design Covered in Engineering 1.2.22 Construction of Bus Shelters 0 0 Roadside Cost amenities As per design Covered in Engineering 1.2.23 Construction of Truck lay-byes 0 0 Cost TOTAL MITIGATION / ENHANCEMENT COST 441,365,675.60 44.14 2 MONITORING COST 2.1 Construction Stage Sampling and monitoring ambient No. Air Quality and gaseous of pollutants as per CPCB Standard Procedures at 2 locations including approved hot mix plant locations sensitive area and 2.1.1 chainages as per direction by 18 1,500.00 27000 0.0027 Sam Environmental Specialist / ples Air Environmental Engineer of the Engineer of the Engineer for thrice a year for three years as per the Monitoring Plan given in Annex 10.1. Analysis charges of Ambient air No. 2.1.2 from samples collected for SO2 of 18 3,000.00 54000 0.0054 PM2.5 PM10 Pb CO and NO2 as Sam

225 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTA L ASSESSMENT REPORT

per MoEF charges. ples Collection of grab samples of No. water quality at 2 locations for 3 of years at the end of summer / before start of monsoon as per the 2.1.3 Monitoring Plan given in Annex 18 400 7,200.00 0.00072 Sam 10.1 as per direction of ples Environmental Specialist / Environmental Engineer of the Engineer. Analysis of water quality at locations in the monitoring plan No. for pH Turbidity total solids of Water turbidity Quality COD BOD DO Chlorides Sam Hardness Oil & Grease TSS TDS ples Total Coliform Iron Fluorides Nitrates E. coli Total coliform 2.1.4 and faecal coliform as specified 18 6,000.00 108000 0.0108 in "Standard Methods for Examination of Water and Wastewater" published by WEF AWWA and APHA as per direction of Environmental Specialist / Environmental Engineer of the Engineer and as per MoEF rate list. Monitoring Noise level at Equipment Yards Sensitive area 2.1.5 Noise and Settlements using hand held Nos. 20 2,500.00 50,000.00 0.005 noise meters at 2 locations as per directions of Environmental

226 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTA L ASSESSMENT REPORT

Specialist / Environmental Engineer of the Engineer for thrice a year for three years as per the Monitoring Plan given in Annex 10.1. Transportation cost for Transportat monitoring of noise air and water 2.1.6 L.S. - 25,000.00 25,000.00 0.0025 ion Cost during construction period for 3 years 2.2 Operation Stage Sampling and monitoring ambient No. Air Quality and gaseous of pollutants as per CPCB Standard Procedures at 2 locations (1 mentioned in EIA report and at 1 chainage identified by the Engineer) including sensitive 2.2.1 16 1,500.00 24,000.00 0.0024 area and chainages as per Sam direction by Environmental Air ples Specialist / Environmental Engineer of the Engineer for once a year for one season for 8 years in alternate years as per Annex 10.1 Analysis charges of Ambient air No. from samples collected for SO2 of 2.2.2 16 3,000.00 48000 0.0048 PM2.5 PM10 Pb CO and NO2 as Sam per MoEF charges. ples Collection of grab samples of No. Water 2.2.3 water quality at 2 locations (1 of 20 400 8,000.00 0.0008 Quality mentioned in EIA report and 1 at Sam

227 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTA L ASSESSMENT REPORT

chainages identified by the ples Engineer) identified by the engineer for 8 years in the alternate years at the end of summer / before start of monsoon as per direction of Environmental Specialist / Environmental Engineer of the Engineer Analysis of water quality at No. 2.2.4 locations in the monitoring plan 60 6,000.00 360000 0.036 of for pH Turbidity total solids COD Item Componen Unit cost Total cost (INR) Description Unit Quantity No. t (INR) Detail Cost Cost in Crores BOD DO Chlorides Hardness Oil & Grease TSS TDS Total Coliform Iron Fluorides Nitrates E. coli Total coliform and faecal coliform etc. as specified in "Standard Methods for Sam Examination of Water and ples Wastewater" published by WEF AWWA and APHA as per

direction of Environmental Specialist / Environmental Engineer of the Engineer and as per MoEF rate list. Choked drains and water bodies undergoing siltation and subject 2.2.5 to debris disposal should be L.S. - 25,000.00 25,000.00 0.0025 monitored under cleaning operations all throughout the

228 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTA L ASSESSMENT REPORT

corridor and at frequency as mentioned in the monitoring plan. Monitoring Noise level at Equipment Yards Sensitive area and Settlements using hand held noise meters at 2 locations (1 mentioned in EIA report and at 1 chainage identified by the 2.2.6 Noise Nos. 16 2,500.00 40000 0.004 Engineer) identified by the Engineer for once a year for 8 years in the alternate years as per directions of Environmental Specialist / Environmental Engineer of the Engineer Transportation cost for Transportat monitoring of noise air and water 2.2.7 L.S. - 50,000.00 50,000.00 0.005 ion Cost during operation period for three years. TOTAL MONITORING COST 826,200.00 0.08 3 MISCELLANEOUS COST 3.1 Training Training L.S. - 150000 150,000.00 0.015 Holding meetings for policy planning and subsequent review Advocacy meetings with Revenue 3.2 and Policy Year 20 10,000.00 200,000.00 0.02 Department Forest Department Making local representatives NGOs etc. regarding development controls. Administrat Maintenance of vehicle with the ive Environment Cell Data Mon 3.3 36 10,000.00 360,000.00 0.036 Charges processing administrative support ths including stationery etc.

229 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTA L ASSESSMENT REPORT

logistics Digital Camera for the 3.4 No. 1 25,000.00 25,000.00 0.0025 Miscellane Environment Cell ous Items 3.5 Portable sound level meter No. 2 150,000.00 300000 0.03 TOTAL MISCELLANEOUS COST 1,035,000.00 0.10 TOTAL COST 443,226,875.60 44.32 Contingency @ 5% on Total Environmental 13,296,806.27 1.33 Cost GRAND TOTAL 456,523,681.87 45.65

230 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

9.6 GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM Grievances related to the implementation of the project, particularly regarding the environmental management will be acknowledged, evaluated, and responded to the complainant with corrective action proposed using understandable and transparent processes that are gender responsive, culturally appropriate, and readily accessible to all segments of the affected people. Records of grievances received, corrective actions taken and their outcomes will be properly maintained and form part of the semi-annual environmental monitoring report to ADB.

Depending on the nature and significance of the grievances or complaints, the grievance redress mechanism (GRM) will comprise procedures to address grievances i) first at the PIU level and ii) second at the EA level and iv) third at the Grievance Redress Committee (GRC). Most serious complaints which cannot be addressed at the EA level will be forwarded to the GRC. The GRC will comprise members from the EA, IA, Authority’s Engineer, contractor, local community, women groups and local forestry authority.

All the parties involved in project implementation i.e. contractor, engineer, and employer will maintain complaint registers at their following respective offices:  Contactor’s main site offices i.e. office of the Project Manager,  Authority’s Engineer’s main site office i.e. office of the Engineer’s Representative; and  Executive Engineer’s office i.e. Employer’s field office.

Environment complaints will be received through the Grievance Focal Point (GFP), these will be designated personnel from within the community and appointed by the community, who will be responsible for receiving the Environmental complaints. The Contractor will record the complaint in the onsite Environmental Complaints Register (ECR) in the presence of the GFP.

All public complaints regarding environmental issues received by GFP will be entered into the register with specific details such as name and address of the person or representative of the community registering a complaint, the details of complaint, and time. The Executive Engineer and Engineer’s Representative will immediately communicate the details of the complaint to the Contractor. The Environment and Safety Officer (ESO) of the contractor will promptly investigate and review the environmental complaint and implement appropriate corrective actions to mitigate the cause of the complaints. The Engineer’s Representative will decide on the exact time frame within which the action will be taken on case-to-case basis depending on the nature and sensitivity of the same. However, in all the cases, it will be responsibility of the contractor to take action immediately upon receiving any complaint. The contractor will report to Engineer’s Representative about the action taken on the complaint, within 48 hours of

231 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT receiving the complaint, for his further intimating to PIU and the Executive Engineer. The person making a complaint would be intimated by the complaint receiving person or his representative, about the action taken, within 48 hours, along with his/her feedback. Figure below shows the proposed Grievance Redress Mechanism.

232 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Figure 43: GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM

233

BORROW AREA STUDY

10.1 MINING OF SOIL / EARTH FROM BORROW AREAS FOR THE PROJECT Borrow areas are required to be identified in order to supply earth materials for filling materials to be used in sub grade and embankments. It is the endeavour to utilise the cut materials generated from the project road to be utilised in the embankment and sub grade. However the quantity generated is not sufficient to meet the demand of the filling materials and hence borrow areas are to be identified and selected after material testing to use as fill materials. 10.1.1 Quantities Required Significant borrowing of earth is required for the embankment fill material, and for the construction of the pavement. A total of 45,35,717.66 m3 of earth quantities shall be required for emabankment and fill materials. Table 61: Earth Quantities required and to be Utilised

Earth material required for entire construction works 45,35,717.66 m3 3 Earth material to be produced due to cutting in road works 54,99,012.55 m 3 Earth material utilised from cutting in road works 45,35,717.66 m 3 Earth material required from borrow areas for entire 0 m construction works 10.1.2 Proposed Borrow Areas As the quantity required for construction of embankment is compensated from the quantity of earth excavated during the road construction, no extra earth will be borrowed from borrow area. 10.2 MINING METHODOLOGY / TECHNIQUES PROPOSED 10.2.1 Approved Mining Plan A copy of the approved mining plan from the State Government shall be submitted along with the Final EIA Report at the stage of submitting the proposal for Prior Environmental Clearance. 10.2.2 Mining Process The mining process is opencast semi mechanized method (only excavator and dumper combination) without drilling and blasting and the work shall be as per relevant government rules. 10.2.3 General Procedure for Excavating Borrow Area To avoid any embankment slippage, the borrow areas will not be dug continuously, and the size and shape of borrow pits will be decided by the Engineer. Redevelopment of the borrow areas to mitigate the impacts will be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall evolve site-specific redevelopment plans for each borrow area location, which shall be implemented after the approval of the Supervision Consultant.

235 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Precautionary measures as the covering of vehicles will be taken to avoid spillage during transport of borrow materials. To ensure that the spills, which might result from the transport of borrow and quarry materials do not impact the settlements, it will be ensured that the excavation and carrying of earth will be done during day-time only. The unpaved surfaces used for the haulage of borrow materials will be maintained properly. Borrowing of earth shall be carried out at locations recommended as follows: Non-Cultivable Lands: Borrowing of earth will be carried out upto a depth of 2.0 m from the existing ground level. Borrowing of earth shall not be done continuously. Ridges of not less than 8m width shall be left at intervals not exceeding 300 m. Small drains shall be cut through the ridges, if necessary, to facilitate drainage. Borrow pits shall have slopes not steeper than 1 vertical in 4 horizontal. Productive Lands: Borrowing of earth shall be avoided on productive lands. However, in the event of borrowing from productive lands, under circumstances as described above, topsoil shall be preserved in stockpiles. The conservation of topsoil shall be carried out as described in section of this chapter. At such locations, the depth of borrow pits shall not exceed 45 cm and it may be dug out to a depth of not more than 30 cm after stripping the 15 cm top soil aside. Elevated Lands: At locations where private owners desire their fields to be levelled, the borrowing shall be done to a depth of not more than 2 m or up to the level of surrounding fields. Borrow pits along Roadside: Borrow pits shall be located 5m away from the toe of the embankment. Depth of the pit should be such that the bottom of the pit shall not fall within an imaginary line of slope 1 vertical to 4 horizontal projected from the edge of the final section of the bank. Borrow pits should not be dug continuously. Ridges of not less than 8 m width should be left at intervals not exceeding 300 m. Small drains should be cut through the ridges to facilitate drainage. Borrow pits on the riverside: The borrow pit should be located not less than 15m from the toe of the bank, distance depending on the magnitude and duration of flood to be withstood. Community / Private Ponds: Borrowing can be carried out at locations, where the private owners (or in some cases, the community) desire to develop lands (mostly low-lying areas) for pisciculture purposes and for use as fishponds. Borrow Areas near Settlements: Borrow pit location shall be located at least 0.8 km from villages and settlements. If unavoidable, they should not be dug for more than 30 cm and should be drained.

236 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT Guidelines for Stripping, Stocking, Preservation of Top Soil During the excavation of the borrowing material Contractor must ensure that the topsoil from all areas of cutting and all areas to be permanently covered shall be stripped to a specified depth of 150mm and stored in stockpiles. At least 10% of the temporarily acquired area shall be earmarked for storing topsoil. The stockpile shall be designed such that the slope does not exceed 1:2 (vertical to horizontal), and the height of the pile is restricted to 2m. Stockpiled will not be surcharged or otherwise loaded and multiple handing will be kept to a minimum to ensure that no compaction will occur. The stockpiles shall be covered with gunny bags or tarpaulin. It shall be ensured by the Contractor that the topsoil will not be unnecessarily trafficked either before stripping or when in stockpiles. Stockpiled topsoil will be returned to cover the disturbed area and cut slopes. Residual topsoil will be distributed on adjoining/proximate barren/rocky areas as identified by the Engineer in a layer of thickness of 75mm-150mm. Top soil shall also be utilized for redevelopment of borrow areas. Landscaping along slopes, medians, incidental spaces etc. Extent of Mechanization  No drilling is required to undertake removal of soil

 Compressors are not required since only soil shall be excavated

 Excavators shall be used for loading the soil into dumpers which shall be used for transportation Work Force Depending upon the work load, general shifts working, man power will be proposed. However the work force shall typically consist of Mining Competent Persons (Foreman), Administrative persons, Supervisors, Skilled & Unskilled labourers. Blasting No blasting operations are required

Infrastructure No infrastructure facilities like aerial rope way, conveyor belts, power lines, buildings, structures and treatment plants are required for these processes. Therefore no utilization and their physical stability and maintenance will be required.

237

ANIMAL PASSAGE PLAN

11.1 BACKGROUND Ministry of Road Transport and Highways (MoRTH) through National Highway Infrastructure Development Corporation Ltd. (NHIDCL) of Government of India (the “Authority”) intends to develop the north-east roads. As a part of this endeavour, the Authority has decided to undertake the two laning of the following road through EPC mode. . Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 in the state of Manipur In this backdrop preparation of detailed project report and finalization of construction agency needs to be taken up prior to that. In this connection, NHIDCL has been entrusted with the assignment of preparation of detailed project report for construction of road from Yaingangpokpi (From Gwaltabi) to Hungpung. NHIDCL has appointed M/s SM Consultants having its head office in Bhubaneswar as consultant for preparation of detailed project report for the proposed road. Environmental Impact Assessment report is prepared in order to assess potential environmental impacts and to suggest the mitigation measures during construction and operation phase of proposed road. As per the strategic long-term vision of NHIDCL with respect to the improvement, operation and maintenance of road infrastructure in the State of Manipur, the Government has identified the need to upgrade the road. As no wildlife crossing is found in this stretch, no Animal Passage Plan is required

239

MUCK DISPOSAL PLAN

12.1 GENERAL NHIDCL has evinced interest for taking up improvement to road from Yaingangpokpi (0.000 km) to Nagaland Border (139 km) in the State of Manipur. The road stretch totally lies in hilly terrain expect for start chainage of 1.300 km plain terrain is encountered. The condition of the road is bad and the improvement scheme will require major correction in geometries besides widening of the formation width. This will require some earthwork. The proposed project would involve a number of activities leading to production of large quantities of muck. Even though some of the muck will be utilized for back filling, yet some quantity of the excavated material will need to be relocated and dumped in such a manner that it does not impose any negative impact on the environment. 12.2 QUANTITY OF MUCK GENERATED AND ITS CONSUMPTIVE USE During construction of the various components of the project, muck is generated both from soil or slide material and from rock excavation. Total quantity of muck / debris, generated due to the project, shall be 10,85,457.90 cum which shall amount to 15,35,101.18 cum with swell factor. Out of the total muck generated, 387551.49 cum shall be utilized on project work leaving 11,42,178.49 cum to be dumped with 20% compaction at designated sites. The muck shall be properly rolled, compacted and dumped on slopes and treated to mix and match with the surrounding environment with least change in landscape. Table 62: GENERATED MUCK (Package 4)

Muck Quantity as Quantity with Swelling factor Sl Item per swelling factor considered Estimate 1 Earth work in excavation

A Rock 82,999.22 97,646.14 15%

b Soil 1,002,458.69 1,432,083.84 30%

Scarification of existing 2 - - 25% road Dismantling of 3 Culverts/Bridges/Structures a Concrete 715.04 893.8 25%

Stone b 1036 1295 25% masonry c Brick 2545.92 3182.4 25%

Considering swelling/ bulkage factor, the total quantity to be disposed of would be as described below. Considerable quantities of muck can be reused for the project. Table 63: USEABLE MUCK (Package 4)

241 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Muck Quantity Reusable Balance Quantity Sl Item with Quantity for disposal swelling factor 1 Earth work in excavation

a Rock 97,646.14 93,314.50 4,331.64

b Soil 1,432,083.84 294,236.99 1,137,846.85

Scarification of existing 2 road Dismantling of 3 Culverts/Bridges/Structures a Concrete 893.8 893.8

Stone b 1295 1295 masonry c Brick 3182.4 3182.4

12.3 SELECTION OF MUCK DISPOSAL SITE The selection of muck disposal sites was carried out considering the quantity of the muck, landscape, cost effectiveness, nearness to source of generation, absence of ground and surface water, relief and scope for afforestation works. All the dumping locations shall be well supported at base and at higher elevation by suitable retaining structures. Subsequently all the spoil tips (muck disposal sites) will be developed by taking up plantation through bio- technological methods to generate a thick forest canopy over them. Twenty (20), Thirteen (13), Eleven (11), Fifteen (15) muck dumping sites have been identified matching the criteria. The details of dumping sites along with their total capacity and amount of muck to be disposed are enumerated in Table.

242 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Table 64: AREA OF DISPOSAL

Chainage (km) Muck Centroid/Mid- Bounding Box Bounding Box

Length Distance Total Muck Dispos Point Maximum Minimum Muck Muck of Site from Quantity al (Degrees (Degrees (Degrees Site Disposal (m3) Gabion Assesment Water (m3) SIDE Hectar Minutes Minutes Minutes Wall Bodies From To Avg Height e (m2) Seconds) Seconds) Seconds)

Perimeter (m)

MUCK 25°24'51.4071", 25°24'54.2158", 25°24'48.9636", 362,898.28 105.63 105.66 118773.3271 4 Right 2.80 843 562.28 Cart Track 137 43 094°27'36.3338" 094°27'42.8038" 094°27'29.4598" MUCK 25°25'33.4554", 25°25'36.8043", 25°25'29.9696", Existing 107.11 107.36 50902.85446 4 Right 1.20 599 399.53 120 44 094°27'31.9946" 094°27'35.8567" 094°27'28.2300" Road MUCK 25°25'53.7140", 25°25'59.3004", 25°25'50.0698", Existing 126,214.47 108.14 108.47 63628.56808 4 Right 1.50 817 544.94 0 45 094°27'55.0591" 094°27'57.0820" 094°27'51.2839" Road MUCK 25°26'25.0133", 25°26'27.7581", 25°26'22.3580", Existing 109.2 109.35 37752.95039 4 Right 0.89 421 280.81 0 46 094°27'54.5436" 094°27'56.2434" 094°27'52.6739" Road MUCK 25°27'36.4845", 25°27'38.3559", 25°27'34.7052", 111.7 111.73 23,465.37 5 Left 0.50 354 236.12 Cart Track 0 47 094°27'56.7825" 094°27'59.3074" 094°27'54.4541" MUCK 25°28'42.1107", 25°28'45.5190", 25°28'37.4255", 498,097.90 111.45 114.65 84,475.34 5 Left 1.80 594 396.20 Cart Track 0 48 094°28'45.3839" 094°28'47.0563" 094°28'43.2139" MUCK 25°28'49.0658", 25°28'51.6602", 25°28'46.5904", Existing 114.84 114.97 56,316.89 5 Right 1.20 433 288.81 0 49 094°28'57.9525" 094°29'00.0395" 094°28'55.5729" Road MUCK 25°29'17.9692", 25°29'34.6660", 25°29'06.9684", Existing 115.5 116.65 393,284.99 6 Right 7.00 2542 1,695.51 0 50 094°29'04.2529" 094°29'11.3388" 094°28'52.7543" Road MUCK 25°30'35.3220", 25°30'38.0151", 25°30'31.6734", 118.58 118.8 44,385.02 6 Right 0.79 512 341.50 Cart Track 0 51 094°29'06.8585" 094°29'09.1095" 094°29'03.8211" MUCK 25°31'34.0563", 25°31'35.6132", 25°31'32.5679", Existing 271057.7 121.2 121.29 46,213.13 6 Right 0.75 339 226.11 0 52 094°28'39.2419" 094°28'41.1511" 094°28'37.2954" Road MUCK 25°31'40.3615", 25°31'41.7070", 25°31'39.0139", Existing 121.4 121.48 28,960.23 6 Right 0.47 273 182.09 0 53 094°28'40.0763" 094°28'41.4345" 094°28'38.8167" Road MUCK 25°32'22.3108", 25°32'24.9595", 25°32'20.0258", Existing 122.78 123 50,526.35 6 Right 0.82 511 340.84 0 54 094°28'55.8191" 094°28'58.7430" 094°28'51.7497" Road MUCK 25°33'29.2972", 25°33'31.5579", 25°33'26.9039", Existing 125.44 125.58 68,019.36 6 Right 1.10 445 296.82 0 55 094°29'47.7588" 094°29'50.8687" 094°29'44.8560" Road

MUCK 25°35'18.4917", 25°35'21.0371", 25°35'17.0183", Existing 164,257.60 130.94 131.11 41,436.77 5 Right 0.84 422 281.47 0 56 094°31'05.8832" 094°31'09.1238" 094°31'04.0683" Road MUCK 25°35'56.6328", 25°35'59.4901", 25°35'54.3501", Existing 133.95 134.15 34,037.34 5 Right 0.69 488 325.50 0 57 094°31'54.4162" 094°31'56.8897" 094°31'50.9038" Road

243 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

12.4 IMPLEMENTATION OF ENGINEERING MEASURES AT MUCK DISPOSAL SITE It has been observed that after disposal of muck, it creates problem as it is susceptible to scattering unless the muck disposal yards are supported with engineering measures such as gabions. All the dumping sites need proper handling to avoid spilling of muck into the river water while dumping and in the post dumping stages. All the muck disposal sites have to be developed from the ground level either by providing stone masonry or by gabion structure. The costing of engineering measures has been worked out based on gabion structure. In all the muck dump sites, the muck brought in dumpers shall be dumped and manually spread behind the crates and roller compacted in such a manner that rock mass is properly stacked behind the crates with minimum of voids. 12.5 IMPLEMENTATION OF BIOLOGICAL MEASURES AT MUCK DISPOSAL SITE Biological measures, however, require special efforts as the disposed muck will be devoid of nutrients and soil contents to support vegetation. The selection of soil for spreading over such an area would require nutrient profiling of soil for different base elements. Suitable mixture of nutrients would be done before placing the soil on the top surface of muck disposal areas to have administered growth of forest canopy. 12.5.1 PLANTATION TECHNIQUE In view of the peculiar site conditions, particularly the soil conditions, the planting technique for all the categories of the plants has to be very site specific and suited to the stress conditions as anticipated and discussed above. The planting substrates would need to be considerably improved to support the plants in their initial stages of establishment. The moisture retention capability, availability of nutrients and soil aeration, permeability and porosity would require intervention and assistance. Multi-level and multipurpose plantations are proposed to be raised on the muck dumping sites as also in road side strips using grasses, shrubs and bushes in the under story and trees in the upper story. Nursery raised grass slips, seedlings of shrubs & bushes and tree species would be planted in the area combined with grass sowing in patches. In addition, cuttings of bushes and shrubs can also be planted to supplement the nursery raised stock but this would substitute requirement of raising the nursery of these species. Intimate mixture of species would be avoided right at the planning stage and would be strictly followed during planting. Grasses would be mixed by groups in rows, shrubs and bushes by group again in rows.

244 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Grass slip planting and grass seed sowing would be done in strips at 0.10 m x 0.10 m spacing in the prepared staggered patches of 1 m x 0.5 m with a depth of 0.30 m. Soil mixture would be used while filling the patches. Shrubs and bushes would be planted in elongated strips of 1.5 m x 0.5 m with a depth of 0.45m. Soil mixture would be used while filling the patches. Each patch would have two rows of planting. Planting of trees would be done in pits of 0.60 m x 0.60 m x 0.60 m size. Soil mixture would be used while filling the pits. Balance dug up soil/ muck will be stacked on downhill side of the pit for trapping the rain water and allowing it to percolate in the pit. It is proposed to use soil mixture in the pits & patches consisting of soil imported from nearby areas mixed with compost or vermin-compost manually. The ratio for the mix would be 5 parts: Compost/manure 2 parts: Sand 2 part: and humus or vermin compost 1 part. This will make nutrients available for the plants in the preliminary stages and also help increase soil aeration, porosity & permeability and improved moisture available for the plants. The stabilization sites from the time of execution of biological measures would be protected with barbed wire fencing on 2m high RCC posts and provided with inspection paths. Since the muck dumping sites are being provided with the wire crate (gabion) wall on the valley side (towards river) which is not negotiable by animals and human beings, fencing would not be required along the entire perimeter. Hence, it would be done on the vulnerable sections i.e. towards the hillside only. The plantations under biological measures would be maintained for a period of 3 years by watering the plantation during dry seasons, mortality replacement and repair of fencing & inspection paths within the area. The task of irrigation would be performed by the watchmen provided in the cost estimate. The proposed costs include raising plants, grass seedlings and also for mortality replacement. Although the sites would be either levelled or finished in a grade, yet due to rain and sliding etc., they tend to develop rills and gulley. As such, while carrying out plantation; suitable soil conservation measures would also be taken. 12.5.2 SPECIES FOR PLANTATION Afforestation with suitable plant species of high ecological and economic value and adaptable to local conditions will be undertaken in accordance with canopy cover requirement. Some plant species have been suggested in the Table 4. The selection of plant species, propagation and cultivation technique would be done in coordination with the institutes like State Forest

245 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Research Institute, Itanagar; Rajiv Gandhi University, Itanagar and North-Eastern Regional Institute of Science and Technology, Nirjuli. Table 65: Suggested Species for Plantation

Sl. No. Name of species Family

1. Abies densa Pinaceace 2. Achyranthes aspera Amaranthaceae 3. Alangium alpinum Alangianaceae 4. Alnus nepalensis Betulaceae 5. Aristolochia griffithii Aristolochiaceae 6. Berberis aristrata Berberidaceae 7. Betula alnoides Betulaceae 8. Daphnae papyracea Thymelaeaceae 9. Lyonia ovalifolia Ericaceae 10. Pinus roxburghi Pinaceae 11. Pinus wallichiana Pinaceae 12. Populus sp. Salicaceae 13. Rhododendron Ericaceae campanulatum 14. Rhododendron cinnabarium Ericaceae 15. Salix sp. Salicaceae 16. Tsuga dumosa Pinaceae 17. Zanthoxylum armatum Rutaceae 12.6 FINANCIAL OUTLAY The Muck Disposal Plan will be part of the Environmental Management Plan. The best possible effort will be made to utilize the excavated material in the construction of embankment and the other auxiliaries. However the remaining portion of Excavated material has to be dumped in selected dumping site. The costs for the proposed scheme comprise of capital investments, annual recurring and maintenance costs. Annual recurring costs include purchase of seed, manure, salary and wages, and miscellaneous expenditure. The unit costs are used to determine total cost. Recurring costs are determined based on annual basis. The details of estimated cost are given in Table below. Table 66: Financial Outlay (Package 4)

Length of Muck Site Item Description Unit Amount Gabion Wall

246 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Length of Muck Site Item Description Unit Amount Gabion Wall Height 4m Gabion Wall Construction 1787.56 cum 44768711.91 Height 5 m Gabion Wall Construction 1528.10 cum 60323382.57 Height 6 m Gabion Wall Construction 3082.10 cum 130979063.11 Total 236071157.59 Contingencies 7082134.728 Grand Total Amount 24,31,53,292.32 Table 67: Total financial outlay for the biological measures at dumping sites(Package 4)

Rate (per tree as SoR for Total Cost Sl. No. Description of Work Quantity Plantation and (in Rupees) its maintenance for 5 years) 1 Site Clearance 6.7 0 0 2 Distance of Site 2.5 0 0 Pit Digging (0.60x0.60x0.60 3 20.9 89400 1868460 m)=0.216 cum 4 Mauare or Vermi Compost 10 89400 894000 5 Transportation of Fertile soil 6.1 89400 545340 6 Single Super Phospate 3.3 89400 295020 7 Mutriate of Potash 4.5 89400 402300 8 Neem Cake 4 89400 357600 9 Thimet, Foret or Chloropyrifos 1.5 89400 134100 10 Cost of Plant 36 89400 3218400 Soil mixing, pit filling, plantation, 11 10.7 89400 956580 irrigation and gap filling Bamboo tree Guard (sieve size-70.5 12 cmx70.5 cm height 2.0 m and width 260 89400 23244000 0.45 m 13 Live Fencing 10.7 89400 956580 14 GI Wire for tying plant 2 89400 178800 15 Plant Protection chemicals 10 89400 894000 16 DAP as top dressing 3 89400 268200 17 MoP as top dressing 1.1 89400 98340 18 Urea as top dressing 0.8 89400 71520 Complete supervision (Irrigation, 19 weeding, hoeing, chemical 170.5 89400 15242700 spraying) Irrigation facility (Rickshaw with 20 16 89400 1430400 200 L tank, 50 ft pipe0.75 inch)

247 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

Rate (per tree as SoR for Total Cost Sl. No. Description of Work Quantity Plantation and (in Rupees) its maintenance for 5 years) Miscellaneous (Temporary shed at 21 site(2), pots for 6-8 L water (1100), 61.7 89400 5515980 etc.) 22 Total Expenditure in Second Year 89400

23 20% gap filling 10 89400 894000 24 Expenditure on Fertilizer 10 89400 894000 25 Expenditure on Plant protection 10 89400 894000 Irrigation facility (Arrangement of 26 2.5 89400 223500 rickshaw) Complete supervision (Irrigation, 27 weeding, hoeing, chemical 185.5 89400 16583700 spraying) 28 Total Expenditure in Third Year 89400

29 10% gap filling 5 89400 447000 30 Expenditure on Fertilizer 10 89400 894000 31 Expenditure on Plant protection 10 89400 894000 Irrigation facility (Arrangement of 32 2.5 89400 223500 rickshaw) Complete supervision (Irrigation, 33 weeding, hoeing, chemical 185.5 89400 16583700 spraying) 34 Total Expenditure in Fourth Year 89400

Expenditure on Fertilizer and plant 35 10 89400 894000 protection Complete supervision (Irrigation, 36 weeding, hoeing, chemical 185.5 89400 16583700 spraying) 37 Total Expenditure in Fifth Year 89400

Expenditure on Fertilizer and plant 38 10 89400 894000 protection Complete supervision (Irrigation, 39 weeding, hoeing, chemical 185.5 89400 16583700 spraying) 40 Total 89400 130059120

41 Contigency @ 3% 3901773.6

42 Grand Total 13,39,60,894

12.7 MONITORING & COMPLIANCES Muck shall be dumped from bottom in layers of 50-70 cm depending on size of boulders. i) Each layer shall be rolled compacted. ii) A layer of soil shall be spread on top of it to make it suitable for plantation.

248 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT

iii) Water testing facilities shall be set up for checking quality parameter of water. iv) Soil samples shall be regularly collected and tested for checking the level of contamination. v) v) Prescribed norms and approvals will be sought from MSPCB wherever necessary. vi) All norms of Forest department, MSPCB and MoEF and their acts related to muck disposal shall be complied with. vii) Design consultant shall be engaged for designing of retaining structures. viii) Plantation shall be done on the reclaimed land and native variety of plants and trees shall be planted. 12.8 FINANCIAL REQUIREMENT The estimated cost of the relocation and rehabilitation of excavated material is given in Table below. The total cost of these measures will be as follows. Table 68: Financial requirements for implementation of Muck Disposal Plan (Package 4) Sl. No. Item Amount (Rs. In lakhs) 1 Engineering Measures 2431.53 2 Biological Measures 1339.60 Total 3771.13 12.9 RECOMMENDATIONS Following recommendations for smooth implementation of the Muck Disposal Plan are delineated below:  Selection of species having faster growth, and helpful in stabilizing the dump sites  The Dump sites may be marked at site with display boards.  No water body will be blocked in dumping site.  No tress shall be cut in the dumping area unless essential for movement of earth dumping and rolling equipments Project authorities should ensure frequent meetings with the project team to enable smooth implementation of the Plan

249

‘ DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT

13.1 CONSULTANT’S DETAILS Global Management and Engineering Consultants International (GMEC INTERNATIONAL) is an ISO 9001:2008 certified , multi-disciplinary engineering, design and Consultancy Company founded in 2013 is a respected specialty company, actively partnering with our customers to provide innovative and sustainable technical and management solutions that help creating sustainable and long term solutions for our customers and society. GMEC experts all focused first and foremost on providing tangible customers value and service that offers non-compromised, quality engineering work following the latest developments in technology and applying the most appropriate and beneficial solutions to Clients, Society and Environment. GMEC was formed with a vision to become a market leader in the industry. The focus of the company is to become a total service provider to Civil, Environmental, Mechanical, Industrial Engineering , Construction & Project Management. The companies scope of work for Environmental Department includes:  Environmental Impact Assessments / Environmental Management Plans / Environmental Audits  Environmental Baseline Monitoring for Air, Meteorology, Water, Soil, Noise, Ecology  Socio-Economic and Demography  Industrial Emission Source Monitoring  Solid and Hazardous Waste Management  Water resources & Irrigation  Water Supply & Sanitation Engineering  Risk Assestment & Disaster Management Plans  Occupational Health & Safety, Industrial Hygiene  Offshore Sampling & Analysis of Marine Water & Sediments  Marine Ecological Studies  Marine Impact Assesstment  Rehabilitation and Resettlement Studies  Land Use/ Land Cover Studies based on remote Sensing  Due Diligence Studies  Environmental Engineering

251 Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project DETAILED PROJECT REPORT Report for 2 Laning with paved shoulder of Razai/Chingjaroi Khullen-Jessami Border Road on NH 202 VOLUME IV: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPORT  Design & Operation of Sewerage Treatment Plant, Effluent Treatment Plant & Waste Water Treatment Plant

13.2 LABORATORY The sampling and analysis of various air, noise, water and soil samples has been carried out by GMEC International, s per procedure and guidelines of Central Pollution Board and requirements of MoEF. The study periods were the months of February-March 2018. 13.3 PROJECT TEAM The project team members involved in this project are: Table 69: TEAM MEMBERS FOR EIA EVALUATION

Sl. Name Expertise Organisation No. 1 Sakharam T. Patil EIA Coordinator, GMEC Biodiversity Expert 2 Satish S. Patil Ecology and GMEC Biodiversity Expert 3 Babasaheb Tribhuvan Air Pollution Preservation & EIA GMEC Expert 4 Hrushita Harish Davane EIA Expert GMEC 5 Partho Mukharjee Noise/Vibration Expert Water Pollution, GMEC Preservation, Control & Prediction of Impact 6 Vinod Sahasrabuddhe R&R and Social Expert GMEC 7 Jyotirmoy De Soil and Water GMEC Conservation Expert 8 Bhushano Kachawe Land Use Expert GMEC GMEC has been approved by QCI NABET for EIA Consultant Organisation vide letter NABET/EIA/1619/IA-007 valid upto Dated: 03.02.2019. The EIA Report prepared has complied with the ToR and the data submitted is factually correct.

252